NZ250535A

NZ250535A - Hydrazine derivatives, preparation and pharmaceutical compositions thereof

Info

Publication number: NZ250535A
Application number: NZ250535A
Authority: NZ
Inventors: Alexander Fassler; Guido Bold; Marc Lang; Shripad Bhagwat
Original assignee: Ciba Geigy Ag
Priority date: 1992-12-23
Filing date: 1993-12-21
Publication date: 1995-11-27
Also published as: NO934774L; AU672448B2; ZA939610B; ATE143004T1; GR3021263T3; SK145993A3; HU9303722D0; FI935753A; NO934774D0; CA2112047A1; NO180442C; DE59303870D1; HUT66494A; MA23068A1; DK0604368T3; AU5247993A; ES2093394T3; CN1093701A; PL301611A1; KR940014306A

Abstract

Compounds of the formula <IMAGE> in which R1 and R9, independently of each other, denote hydrogen, acyl or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; sulpho; or sulphonyl which is substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, with the proviso that at most one of the radicals R1 and R9 denotes hydrogen; and R2 and R8, in each case independently of each other, denote hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; R3 and R4, independently of each other, denote hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; R5 denotes acyloxy; R6 denotes hydrogen; and R7 denotes unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; are described, as are salts of the said compounds, insofar as salt-forming groups are present; these compounds exhibit anti-retroviral activity.

Description

<div class="application article clearfix" id="description"> New Zealand Paient Spedficaiion for Paient Number £50535 250535 Priority Date(s): Complete Specification Filed: s£.L.V2r:'3.5?.;. Class: (§)...5^?.rl.)U?\.c>v*,,Q.c.sdOl>.3.\fes>.1 c9.1 Q& Lu.. /tvzc**; dk.- n/ 27 NOV 1995 Publication Date:...*..' P.O. Journal No: 12?.?..?.-. NLZ. PATEffF Of FK?S Ft,' 21 DEC 1993 FtgC^VI?D '"S 1jiSf *2 ® * (S 'ft « PATENTS FORM NO. 5 :i ; ss Cor.t: l^!£?o)°?r Our Ref: DT202493 NEW ZEALAND PATENTS ACT 1953 COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ANTIRETROVIRAL HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES We, CIBA-GEIGY AG, a Swiss Corporation of Klybeckstrasse 141, 4002 Basel, Switzerland hereby declare the invention, for which we pray that a patent may be granted to us and the method by which it is to be performed, to be particularly described in and by the following statements - 1 - PT0572275 (followed by page la) 250535 - h- 4-19412/A Antiretroviral Hydrazine Derivatives The invention relates to novel antiretroviral compounds, to processes for the preparation of those compounds, to novel intermediates for the preparation of those compounds, especially those having antiretroviral activity, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising those compounds, to those compounds for use in a therapeutic method of treating the human or animal body and to the use of those compounds for the therapeutic treatment of the human or animal body or for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions. A whole range of diseases is caused by retroviruses. As far as is known at present, AIDS is a disease caused by the retrovirus HIV ("Human Immunodeficiency Virus"). Millions of people are already infected. The disease is constantly spreading and in virtually all cases results in the death of the patient Hitherto the retroviruses HTV-1 andHTV-2 (HIV representing "Human Immunodeficiency Virus") have been identified as a cause of the disease. From the point of view of treatment, the search for compositions that interfere with the reproduction of the virus itself but do not damage the intact cells and tissues of the patient is especially interesting. Retroviral protease is a proteolytic enzyme that, owing to an aspartate residue in the active centre, is regarded as an aspartate protease. It participates in the maturation of new infectious virions in infected cells in the reproductive cycle of a number of retroviruses. For example, HTV-1 and HIV-2 each have in their genome a region that codes for a gag-protease. That enzyme is responsible for the correct proteolytic cleavage of the precursor proteins that are produced from the genome regions coding for the "Group Specific Antigens" (gag). During the cleavage, the structural proteins of the virus core are liberated. The gag-protease itself is a component of a precursor protein encoded by the pol-genome region of HIV-1 and HTV-2, which protein also contains the regions for the reverse transcriptase and the integrase and is thought to be cleaved by autoproteolysis. (followed by page 2) 25 0 5 3 -2- The gag-protease cleaves the major core protein p24 of HIV-1 and HIV-2 preferentially N-terminally of proline residues, for example in the divalent residues Phe-Pro, Leu-Pro or Tyr-Pro. Because of the central role of the gag-protease in the processing of the mentioned core proteins, it is assumed that effective inhibition of that enzyme in vivo will suppress the assembly of mature virions, so that corresponding inhibitors can be used therapeutically. In general, attempts have been made for some time to provide compounds for controlling retroviral diseases, such as AIDS, that are effective in vivo as inhibitors of the said retroviral gag-proteases, especially the gag-protease of HTV-1 (HTV-l-protease), and also of those of HTV-2 and other AIDS viruses. The principal aim at present is to make available such compounds having the best possible pharmacokinetic properties. A requirement for therapeutic effectiveness in vivo is the achievement of good bioavailability, for example good absorptive capacity and/or a high blood level, also in the case of enteral, such as oral, administration, in order thus to obtain sufficiently high concentrations in the infected cells. The object of the present invention is to provide compounds having excellent antiretroviral activity, especially very good bioavailability. The compounds according to the invention are compounds of formula wherein R4 and r9 are each independently of the other hydrogen; acyl; unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; sulfo; or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or by heterocyclyl, with the proviso that not more than one of the radicals Rj and r9 is hydrogen; and 25 0 5 J -3- R2 and Rg are each independently of the other hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; r3 and r4 are each independently of the other hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; r5 is acyloxy; R6 is hydrogen; and r7 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; and salts of the mentioned compounds where salt-forming groups are present, with the exception of the compound wherein Rj and R9 are each acetyl, R2, R3, R4, R6 and R8 are each hydrogen, R5 is acetoxy and R7 is 2,2-[N-ethoxycarbonylmethyl)-N-methyl]-hydrazin- 1-ylcarbonylmethyl. In the description of the present invention, the term "lower" used in the definition of groups or radicals, for example lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl etc., means that, unless expressly otherwise defined, the groups or radicals so defined contain up to and including a maximum of 7, and preferably up to and including 4, carbon atoms. In the case of lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, from 2 to 7, preferably from 3 to 7, and especially 3 or 4, carbon atoms are present. Unless indicated to the contrary, where substituted the radicals Rj, R2, R3, R4, R7, Rs and/or r9 are mono- or poly-substituted, especially mono-to tri-substituted, for example mono-substituted, by identical or different substituents. If a radical that is defined by referring back to another substituent is defined "independently" of the radical used for the definition, it means that if both radicals are present in a compound they need not be identical, although they can, however, be identical. The carbon atoms in compounds of formula I substituted by r3 and r4 and by r5 and Rg may, if they are asymmetric, be in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, as may also any other asymmetric carbon atoms present. Accordingly, the present compounds may be in the form of isomeric mixtures or in the form of pure isomers, especially in the form of dia-stereoisomeric mixtures, pairs of enantiomers or pure enantiomers. Preferred compounds of formula I are those wherein the carbon atoms substituted by r3 and by r5 have the (S)-configuration and any other asymmetric carbon atoms that may be present are, independently of one another, in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S ^configuration. 25 0 5 -4- Unless otherwise indicated, the general terms and names used in the description of the present invention preferably have the following meanings: Acyl Rj or r9 has, for example, up to 25, preferably up to 19, carbon atoms and is especially the acyl group of a carboxylic acid, of a semiester of carbonic acid, of an unsubstituted or N-substituted carbamic acid or of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid. Preferred acyl groups Rj or r9 of a carboxylic acid are unsubstituted or substituted alkanoyl, alkenoyl or alkynoyl having up to 19 carbon atoms, for example n-decanoyl, or preferably lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl or pivaloyl; or also or especially 3,3-dimethylbutyryl; or substituted lower alkanoyl wherein preferably up to four, especially (except in the case of halogen which may be present up to three times as a substituent) up to two, substituents may be present, especially one substituent (except in the case of halogen which may be present up to three times as a substituent), the substituents being selected especially from cycloalkyl which has preferably from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, especially in cycloalkyl-lower alkanoyl wherein lower alkanoyl is as defined above, for example cycloalkyl-carbonyl, for example having a total of from 4 to 8 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl-, cyclobutyl-, cyclopentyl- or cyclohexyl-carbonyl, or 2-cyclohexyl- or 2-cyclopentyl-acetyl, cycloalkenyl which has preferably from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, especially in cyclo-alkenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as cycloalkenylcarbonyl, for example having from 4 to 8 carbon atoms, such as 1-cyclohexenylcarbonyl, 1,4-cyclohexadienylcarbonyl or 1-cyclo-hexenylacetyl or 1,4-cyclohexadienylacetyl, bicycloalkyl which contains preferably from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, especially in bicycloalkyl-lower alkanoyl, for example bicycloalkylcarbonyl, for example having from 8 to 11 carbon atoms, such as decahydronaphthyl-2-carbonyl, bicyclohexyl-, bicyclo-heptyl-, bicyclooctyl-, bicyclononyl- or bicyclodecyl-acetyl or -3-propionyl, bicycloalkenyl, preferably having from 8 to 12 carbon atoms, especially in bicyclo-alkenylcarbonyl, such as 5-norbornen-2-ylcarbonyl or bicyclo[2.2.2]octen-2-ylcarbonyl, tricycloalkyl, wherein tricycloalkyl contains, for example, from 8 to 10 carbon atoms, especially in tricycloalkyl-lower alkanoyl, for example tricycloalkylcarbonyl, for example having from 8 to 11 carbon atoms, such as 1- or 2-adamantylcarbonyl, aryl which has preferably from 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, such as in phenyl, indenyl, 25 0 5 -5- indanyl, naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, acenaphthyl or fluorenyl, and may be unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted especially by lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl or propyl, halo-lower alkyl, for example trifluoromethyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example pivaloylamino, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine or bromine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxy-carbonyl, phenyl-, naphthyl- or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxy-carbonyl, lower alkanoyl, sulfo, lower alkylsulfonyl, for example methylsulfonyl, phosphono, hydroxy-lower alkoxyphosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, sulfamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylaminosulfonyl, nitro and/or by cyano, especially in aryl-lower alkanoyl, wherein phenyl may be present up to three times, for example in diphenyl-, dibenzyl- or triphenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as diphenyl-, dibenzyl- or triphenyl-acetyl, and wherein lower alkanoyl may be unsubstituted or substituted, for example by carboxy; lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example methoxy-, ethoxy-, n-propoxy-, isopropoxy-, n-butoxy-, isobutoxy-, sec-butoxy-, tert-butoxy-, n-pentyloxy-, isopentyloxy-, neopentyloxy-, tert-pentyloxy-, n-hexyloxy-, isohexyloxy- or n-heptyloxy-carbonyl; ary l-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein aryl has from 6 to 12 carbon atoms, for example benzyloxycarbonyl; carbamoyl, carbamoyl substituted at the nitrogen atom by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl, for example in N-methyl-carbamoyl, N-n-butylcarbamoyl or N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, from carboxy-lower alkyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl, for example in the form of carboxymethylcarbamoyl (glycinylcarbonyl) or in the form of tert-butoxycarbonylmethylcarbamoyl, from di-lower alkylamino-lower alkyl, for example 2-dimethylaminoethyl, from hydroxy-lower alkyl, for example hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl, and from di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, for example 2-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl); and/or by cyano and is unbranched or branched, selected especially from phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as benzoyl, phenylacetyl or 3-phenyl-propionyl, which may be unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted at the phenyl ring, for example by lower alkyl, for example methyl, phenyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, and/or by nitro, such as 4-chloro-, 4-methoxy- or 4-nitro-benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, such as a- or (J-naphthylcarbonyl or 1,8-naphthalenedicarbonyl bonded to the amino group via both carbonyl groups, indenyl-carbonyl, such as 1-, 2- or 3-indenylcarbonyl, indanylcarbonyl, such as 1- or 2-indanyl-carbonyl, phenanthrenylcarbonyl, such as 9-phenanthrenylcarbonyl, a-naphthylacetyl, p-naphthylacetyl, lower alkylphenylacetyl, such as 4-methylphenylacetyl, lower alkoxy- 250 5 -6- phenylacetyl, such as 4-methoxyphenylacetyl, 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-propionyl, diphenyl-acetyl, di(4-methoxyphenyl)acetyl, triphenylacetyl, 2,2-dibenzylacetyl, 3-a- or 3-P-naphthylpropionyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, for example 2-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, such as 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, 3-a-naphthyl-2-carbamoylpropionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-tert-butylcarbamoyl-propionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-(2-dimethyl-aminoethyl)carbamoylpropionyl, 3-a-naphthyl-2-(carboxy- or tert-butoxy-carbonyl-)-methylcarbamoyl-propionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-(3-hydroxy-2-propyl)-carbamoyl-propionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)carbamoyl-propionyl and 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-(5-amino-5'-carboxypentyl)-carbamoyl-propionyl, especially phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl, or phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, heterocyclyl which is preferably a single or double ring system having from 3 to 10 ring atoms, is bonded via a carbon atom or, especially, via a nitrogen atom and contains up to 3 further hetero atoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and sulfur linked to 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; the mentioned ring system may also be fused with 1 or 2 phenyl or naphthyl radicals, it being possible for naphthyl also to be fused-on by two sides, or with 1 or 2 cycloalkyl radicals, cycloalkyl preferably having from 5 to 7 ring atoms; and which may be unsaturated or partially or fully saturated, for example thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 3,1-benzofuranyl, cyclohexa-[bjpyrrolyl, cyclohexa[b]pyridyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrazinyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpho-linyl, S,S-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, with heterocyclyl, for example one of the last-mentioned radicals, being unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, for example benzyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, for example hydroxymethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, for example methoxymethyl or 2-methoxyethyl, lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl, for example acetoxymethyl, phenyl- or naphthyl-lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkyl, for example benzoyloxy-, phenylacetoxy- or 1- or 2-naphthoyloxy-methyl, -2-ethyl or -2-(2,2-di-methylethyl), lower alkoxycarbonyloxy-lower alkyl, for example tert-butoxycarbonyloxy-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy-lower alkyl, for example 2-benzyloxy-carbonyloxyethyl, amino-lower alkyl, for example aminomethyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy or ethoxy, amino, lower alkylamino, for example methyl-, ethyl- or -7- 25 o 5 tert-butyl-amino, di-lower alkylamino, for example dimethyl- or diethyl-amino, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example methoxy-, isopropoxy-, sec-butoxy- or tert-butoxy-carbonyl, phenyl- or naphthyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, especially chlorine or bromine, lower alkanoyl, for example acetyl or pivaloyl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, for example N-methylcarbamoyl, N-n-butylcarbamoyl or N,N-dimethyl-carbamoyl, hydroxy- or carboxy-lower alkylcarbamoyl, for example hydroxy- or carboxy-methylcarbamoyl or hydroxy- or carboxy-ethylcarbamoyl, nitro, oxo and/or by cyano; especially in heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein lower alkanoyl is unsubstituted or substituted independently by one of the substituents defined above under aryl-lower alkanoyl or R9; with heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl being selected especially from pyrrolylcarbonyl, for example 2- or 3-pyrrolylcarbonyl, thienylcarbonyl, such as 2-thienyl-carbonyl, furylcarbonyl, such as 2-furylcarbonyl, indolylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 5-indolylcarbonyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindolyl-2-carbonyl, quinolyl-lower alkanoyl, for example quinolylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-quinolylcarbonyl, isoquinolylcarbonyl, such as 1-, 3- or 4-isoquinolylcarbonyl, piperidylcarbonyl, such as piperidinocarbonyl or 2-, 3-or 4-piperidylcarbonyl, piperazinylcarbonyl, such as piperazin-l-ylcarbonyl, morpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, for example morpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, for example thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as thiomorpholinocarbonyl, S,S-dioxothiomorpholinylcarbonyl, such as S,S-dioxothiomorpholinocarbonyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolylcarbonyl, such as 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl-2-, -3- or -4-carbonyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolylcarbonyl, such as 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl-l-, -3- or -4-carbonyl, tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl, and pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, for example pyridylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl, or pyridylacetyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl; and heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl being selected most especially from morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl, 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl, 2-pyridyl-carbonyl and 2- or 3-pyridylacetyl, hydroxy, especially in hydroxy-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-hydroxypropionyl or 2-hydroxy-3 -methylpentanoyl, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, especially in hydroxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-hydroxy-n-propoxycarbonyl, lower alkoxy, especially in lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl, for example lower alkoxyacetyl or lower alkoxypropionyl, such as methoxyacetyl, ethoxyacetyl or 3-methoxypropionyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, especially in lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl, such as 2-methoxymethoxy-3-methylpentanoyl or also or especially 2-(methoxy)- -8- 250 5 ethoxyacetyl, lower alkanoyloxy, especially in lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkanoyl wherein lower alkanoyloxy is, for example, acetoxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, isobutyryloxy or pivaloyloxy, such as acetoxyacetyl or 3-acetoxypropionyl, amino that is not in the a-or (3-position relative to the bonding carboxy group of the acyl radical, for example in amino-lower alkanoyl wherein the amino group is not in the a- or (3-position, such as 5-aminopentanoyl, lower alkanoylamino that is not in the a- or P-position relative to the bonding carboxy group of the acyl radical, especially in lower alkanoylamino-lower alkanoyl wherein the amino group is not in the a- or P-position of the lower alkanoyl radical, such as 5-pivaloylamino-pentanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonylamino that is not in the a- or P-position relative to the bonding carboxy group of the acyl radical, especially in lower alkoxycarbonylamino-lower alkanoyl wherein the amino group is not in the a- or p-position of the lower alkanoyl radical, such as 5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino that is not the in a- or P-position relative to the bonding carboxy group of the acyl radical, especially in phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino-lower alkanoyl wherein the amino group is not in the a- or P-position of the lower alkanoyl radical, such as 5-benzyloxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl or 6-benzyloxycarbonylaminohexanoyl, amino substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyl or r9, especially by N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonyl, especially in heterocyclyl-lower alkanoylamino-lower alkanoyl, for example N-morpholino- or N-thio-morpholino-carbonylamino-lower alkanoyl, such as N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl, preferably up to 3 halogen atoms, especially in halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to 3 halogen atoms, for example a-haloacetyl, such as a-fluoro-, a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetyl, or halopropionyl, such as P-chloro- or P-bromo-propiony 1, carboxy, especially in carboxy-lower alkanoyl, for example carboxyacetyl or P-carboxy-propionyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, especially in lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyl, for example lower alkoxycarbonylacetyl or lower alkoxycarbonylpropionyl, such as methoxycarbonyl-acetyl, 3-methoxycarbonylpropionyl, ethoxycarbonylacetyl, 3-ethoxycarbonylpropionyl or 3 - tert- b u toxycarbony lpropiony 1, -9- 250535 sulfonyl, especially in sulfonyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-sulfonylpropionyl, carbamoyl, especially in carbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, such as carbamoylacetyl or 3-carbamoylpropionyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, especially in lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, for example lower alkylcarbamoylacetyl or methylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, such as methyl-carbamoylacetyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, especially in di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, for example di-lower alkylcarbamoylacetyl or dimethylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, such as dimethylcarbamoylacetyl, carbamoyl substituted at the nitrogen atom by a radical selected from ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene and pentamethylene wherein a carbon atom may have been replaced by nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or by sulfur mono- or di-substituted by oxygen, especially in correspondingly N-substituted carbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, it also being possible for the radical so formed to be fully or partially unsaturated, for example in the form of piperidino-, pyrazin-l-yl-, piperazin-l-yl-, pyrimidin-l-yl-, pyridazin-l-yl-, morpholino-, thiomorpholino- or S,S-dioxothiomorpholino-carbonyl-lower alkanoyl, such as in moipholinocarbonyl-acetyl, 3-(morpholinocarbonyl)-propionyl or 3-(morpholino-carbonyl) -2-isobuty 1-propionyl, N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl or N-lower alkyl-N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl, especially in N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl or N-lower alkyl-N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is preferably selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, such as N-methyl-2-(N-2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoylacetyl, 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl, or 2-(N-(pyridyl-lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as (2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl, oxo, especially in oxo-lower alkanoyl, such as acetoacetyl or propionylacetyl, and cyano, especially in cyano-lower alkanoyl, such as cyanoacetyl, 2- or 3-cyanopropionyl or 2-, 3- or 4-cyanobutyryl; lower alkenoyl having from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, preferably having 3 or 4 carbon atoms, such as acryloyl, vinylacetyl, crotonoyl or 3- or 4-pentenoyl, or lower alkynoyl having from 3 to 7, preferably 3 or 4, carbon atoms, for example propioloyl or 2- or 3-butynoyl. - 10- 250 5 3 Preferred acyl groups Rj or r9 of a semiester of carbonic acid are lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example methoxy-, ethoxy-, n-propoxy-, isopropoxy-, isobutoxy- or tert-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or also or especially n-propoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl or isobutoxycarbonyl, 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo- or 2,2,2-trichloro-ethoxycarbonyl, aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example arylmethoxy-carbonyl, wherein aryl has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and is, for example, phenyl, biphenylyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, fluorenyl, or phenyl mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl or tert-butyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, ethoxy or tert-butoxy, halogen, for example chlorine or bromine, and/or by nitro, for example phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein heterocyclyl is preferably selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyri-midinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomoipholinyl and may be unsubstituted or substituted, especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl, such as furylmethoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tetrahydrofuryl-methoxycarbonyl, 2-morpholino-ethoxy-carbonyl, or 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl wherein preferably the lower alkenyl radical is bonded to the bonding oxygen atom via a saturated carbon atom, such as allyloxycarbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl, or (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxycarbonyl. Preferred acyl groups Rj or r9 of an unsubstituted or substituted carbamic acid, are carbamoyl or unsubstituted or substituted N-alkyl- or N,N-dialkyl-carbamoyl wherein the alkyl radical has up to 12 carbon atoms, preferably unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl- or di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, such as methyl-, ethyl-, propyl-, tert-butyl-, dimethyl-, diethyl- or di-n-propyl-carbamoyl, the substituents being selected from phenyl, for example in benzyl-carbamoyl, N-phenyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-benzyl-N-methyl-carbamoyl, or dibenzylcarbamoyl, heterocyclyl that is independently as defined as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj and R9, preferably pyridyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, more especially in N-heterocyclyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, for example N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-N- 25 0 5 3 - li - methyl-carbamoyl, or in N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl, for example 2- or 3-pyridyl-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as 2- or 3-pyridylmethylaminocarbonyl, hydroxy, for example in hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-propyl, and lower alkoxy, preferably in lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, for example methoxy-methyl or 2-methoxyethyl; or also or especially N-lower alkyl-N-morpholino-lower alkyl-aminocarbonyl, such as N-methyl-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)aminocarbonyl, or N-morpholino-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N-(2-morpholinoethyl)aminocarbonyl. Preferred acyl groups Rj or R9 of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid are formed by the amino acid residues, bonded via the carbonyl of their carboxy group, of an a- or (3-amino acid, especially a natural a-amino acid having the L-configuration, such as those normally occurring in proteins, or an epimer of such an amino acid, that is to say having the unnatural D-configuration, or a D,L-isomeric mixture thereof, a homologue of such an amino acid, for example wherein the amino acid side chain has been lengthened or shortened by one or two methylene groups, wherein the amino group is in the (3-position and/or wherein a methyl group has been replaced by hydrogen, a substituted aromatic amino acid wherein the aromatic radical has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example a substituted phenylalanine or phenylglycine wherein the phenyl may be mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, for example acetoxy, amino, lower alkylamino, for example methylamino, di-lower alkylamino, for example dimethylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example acetylamino or pivaloylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, for example tert-butoxycarbonylamino, arylmethoxycarbonylamino wherein aryl preferably has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example benzyloxycarbonylamino or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonylamino, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, carboxy and/or by nitro, a benzo-fused phenylalanine or phenylglycine, such as a-naphthylalanine, or a hydrogenated phenylalanine or phenylglycine, such as cyclohexylalanine or cyclohexylglycine. Those amino acids can be substituted at free amino or hydroxy functions, preferably at a free amino function, by one of the radicals mentioned above under acyl Rj or R9 as the acyl group of a carboxylic acid, a semiester of carbonic acid or an unsubstituted or N-substituted carbamic acid or by one of the radicals mentioned below under unsubstituted or substituted alkyl Rj, R2, Rg or R9. Especially preferred is the radical, bonded via its carbonyl group, of an amino acid - 12- 25 0 5 3 selected from glycine (H-Gly-OH), alanine (H-Ala-OH), valine (H-Val-OH), norvaline (a-aminovaleric acid), leucine (H-Leu-OH), isoleucine (H-Ile-OH), norleucine (a-amino-hexanoic acid, H-Nle-OH), serine (H-Ser-OH), homoserine (a-amino-y-hydroxybutyric acid), threonine (H-Thr-OH), methionine (H-Met-OH), cysteine (H-Cys-OH), proline (H-Pro-OH), trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, phenylalanine (H-Phe-OH), tyrosine (H-Tyr-OH), 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, (3-phenylserine (P-hydroxyphenylalanine), phenylglycine, a-naphthylalanine (H-Nal-OH), cyclohexylalanine (H-Cha-OH), cyclohexylglycine, tryptophan (H-Trp-OH), indoline- 2-carboxylic acid, l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aspartic acid (H-Asp-OH), asparagine (H-Asn-OH), aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid mono- • amide, glutamic acid (H-Glu-OH), glutamine (H-Gln-OH), histidine (H-His-OH), arginine (H-Arg-OH), lysine (H-Lys-OH), 5-hydroxylysine, ornithine (a,8-diaminovaleric acid), 3-aminopropanoic acid, a,y-diaminobutyric acid and a,(3-diaminopropionic acid, especially preferably the radical of an aliphatic amino acid selected from valine, alanine, leucine and isoleucine, or an amino acid selected from glycine, glutamic acid and asparagine, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids (with the exception of glycine) to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form, preferably in the L-form (with the exception of Val which may also be in the (D)- or (D,L)-form), wherein the a-amino group may be unsubstituted or mono- or di-N-alkylated, for example by lower alkyl, such as methyl or n-propyl, or by amino-lower alkyl, such as 3-aminopropyl, or may be N-acylated by one of the acyl radicals mentioned above under acyl as a radical of a carboxylic acid, of a semiester of carbonic acid or of an unsubstituted or N-substituted carbamic acid, preferably by lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl; by aryl-lower alkanoyl wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, indenyl, indanyl, naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, acenaphthyl and fluorenyl and may be unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted especially by lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl or propyl, halo-lower alkyl, for example trifluoromethyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example pivaloylamino, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine or bromine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, phenyl-, naphthyl-or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, sulfo, lower alkylsulfonyl, for example methylsulfonyl, phosphono, hydroxy-lower alkoxyphosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, sulfamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylaminosulfonyl, nitro and/or by cyano, and wherein lower alkanoyl may be unsubstituted or substituted especially by carboxy, lower alkoxy- 2 5 0 5 j 5 carbonyl, for example methoxy-, ethoxy-, n-propoxy-, isopropoxy-, n-butoxy-, isobutoxy-, sec-butoxy-, tert-butoxy-, n-pentyloxy-, isopentyloxy-, neopentyloxy-, tert-pentyloxy-, n-hexyloxy-, isohexyloxy- or n-heptyloxy-carbonyl, aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein aryl has from 6 to 12 carbon atoms, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, carbamoyl substituted by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl or n-heptyl, for example in N-methylcarbamoyl, N-n-butylcarbamoyl or N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, from carboxy-lower alkyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl, for example in the form of carboxymethylcarbamoyl (glycinylcarbonyl) or tert-butoxycarbonylmethylcarbamoyl, from di-lower alkylamino-lower alkyl, for example 2-dimethylaminoethyl, from hydroxy-lower alkyl, for example hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl, and from di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, for example 2-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl), and/or by cyano and is unbranched or branched, with phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl, or phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl, being especially preferred; by heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently as defined as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj and is especially morpholino, thio-morpholino, pyridyl, quinolyl or tetrazolyl, more especially pyridylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3-or 4-pyridylcarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, S,S-dioxothio-morpholinocarbonyl, indol-2-ylcarbonyl, quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl, pyridylacetyl, such as 2-or 3-pyridylacetyl, imidazolylacetyl, such as imidazol-l-ylacetyl, morpholinylacetyl, such as morpholinoacetyl, pyridylpropionyl, such as 3-(2- or 3-pyridyl)propionyl, pyrrolidinyl-propionyl, such as 3-(4-pyrrolidinyl)propionyl, morpholinylpropionyl, such as 3-morpho-linopropionyl, or tetrazolylpropionyl, such as 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl; by halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to 3 halogen atoms, for example a-haloacetyl, such as a-fluoro-, a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetyl, or halopropionyl, such as p-chloro- or fi-bromo-propionyl; by lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl; by lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl; by aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein aryl has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and is selected, for example, from phenyl, naphthyl and fluorenyl, for example phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl; by heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein heterocyclyl is selected especially from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated and unsubstituted or substituted especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl, for example 2-furylmethoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tetrahydrofuryl-methoxycarbonyl, or 2-morpholino-ethoxycarbonyl; - 14- by lower alkenyloxycarbonyl (preferably with a saturated carbon atom at the bonding oxygen atom), such as allyloxycarbonyl; by lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl; by (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl; by carboxy-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-carboxy-propionyl; by lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyl; by amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is preferably independently as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyl or R9, especially by N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonyl, for example N-morpholino-or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-lower alkanoyl, such as N-morpholino- or N-thio-morpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl; by carbamoyl; by phenyl-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as benzylaminocarbonyl; by N-heterocyclyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl or N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj or R9, especially as pyridyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, especially 2- or 3-pyridyl-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as 2- or 3-pyridyl-methylaminocarbonyl; or by N-2-, N-3- or N-4-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N-2-, N-3- or N-4-pyridylmethyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl; by heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently as defined in the definition thereof as a substituent of lower alkyl Rl5 R2, Rg or R9, for example 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl, or 2-(N-(pyridyl-lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as (2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl; by sulfonyl; by lower alkanesulfonyl, such as methane- or ethane-sulfonyl; by arylsulfonyl (aryl-S02) wherein aryl has from 6 to 10 carbon atoms and, for example, is selected from phenyl and naphthyl and is unsubstituted or especially substituted by lower alkyl, such as methyl, or by lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, such as p-toluenesulfonyl; or by heterocyclylsulfonyl (heterocyclyl-S02-) wherein heterocyclyl is preferably selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and may be unsubstituted or substituted especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl, such as morpholinosulfonyl, thio-morpholinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl or piperazinosulfonyl (heterocyclylsulfonyl not being a substituent in preferred forms); or is acylated also or especially by lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as tert-butyl-aminocarbonyl, N,N-di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl, N-lower alkyl-N-morpholino-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N-methyl- - 15 - 250535 N-(2-morpholinoethyl)aminocarbonyl, or N-morpholino-lower alkylaminocarbonyl; and/or a hydroxy group of the side chain is present in etherified or esterified form, for example in the form of lower alkoxy, such as methoxy or tert-butoxy, aryl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy, such as acetoxy, or lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, for example tert-butoxycarbonyloxy. Special preference is given to acyl groups Rj or r9, bonded via the carbonyl group of their carboxy function, of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid selected from phenylalanine, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-phenylalanine, tyrosine, tyrosine-O-methyl ether, N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine, N-(N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl)methyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-glycine, valine, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-valine, N-phenylacetyl-valine, N-acetyl-valine, N-(3-phenylpropionyl)-valine, N-(2-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-valine, such as N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-valine, N-(2- or 3-pyridylacetyl)-valine, N-tetrahydro-furylmethoxycarbonyl-valine, N-(2-methoxy)ethoxycarbonylvaline, N-3-(tetrazol- 1-yl)-propionyl-valine, N-(indol-2-ylcarbonyl)-valine, N-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)-valine, N-methoxycarbonyl-valine, N-ethoxycarbonyl-valine, N-isobutoxycarbonyl-valine, N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-valine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-valine, N-(2-furylmethoxy-carbonyl)-valine, N-allyloxycarbonyl-valine, N-(morpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(thio-morpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-{S,S-dioxothiomorpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-2-pyridylmethyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-3-pyridylmethyl-aminocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-2-pyridylmethyl-aminocarbonyl)-valine, N-morpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl-valine, N-methanesulfonyl-valine, N-morpholinosulfonyl-valine, N-acetyl-leucine, N-(4-thiomorphoUnocarbonyl)-leucine, N-(4-(S,S-dioxothiomorpholino)carbonyl)-leucine, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-leucine, N-acetyl-isoleucine, N-propionyl-isoleucine, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-isoleucine, N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-norleucine, N-benzyloxy-carbonyl-glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-asparagine, quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl-asparagine and N-(morpholinocarbonyl)-asparagine; or also or especially the corresponding radicals of N-(3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-valine, N-(n-propoxy-carbonyl)-valine, N-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl)-valine, N-(2-methoxyethoxy-acetyl)-valine, N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)amino)-valine, N-(benzylaminocarbonyl)-valine, N-(2-morpholinoethylaminocarbonyl)-valine or N-(N-methyl-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)aminocarbonyl)-valine; the amino acid residues preferably being in the (L)- or (DJL)-form, and in the case of valine also in the (D)-form. Unsubstituted or substituted alkyl Rj, R2, Rg or r9 is an alkyl radical having from 1 to 20, preferably up to 10, carbon atoms, is branched or unbranched, and is, for example, -16- 250535 methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl or n-decyl. Preference is given to lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl or n-heptyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted. Radicals suitable as substituents in substituted alkyl Rj, R2, Rs or r9, preferably substituted lower alkyl, are the radicals mentioned for lower alkanoyl Rj and r9. Preference is given especially to unsubstituted lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl. Alkyl-substituted sulfonyl Rj or R9 (alkyl-S02-) preferably contains an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl radical mentioned under alkyl Rj, R2, Rg and R9 and is especially lower alkanesulfonyl, such as methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfonyl, n-propanesulfonyl or S-tert-butylsulfonyl, or aryl-lower alkyl-substituted sulfonyl (aryl-lower alkyl-S02-) that contains, for example, an unsubstituted or substituted aryl radical as defined for aiyl-substituted lower alkyl Rlf R2, Rg and R9 and is selected especially from phenylmethane-, 4-chloro-phenylmethane-, 4-methoxy-phenylmethane- or 4-nitro-phenylmethane-, naphthylmethane-, for example a- or (3-naphthylmethane-, 2-phenylethane-, 2-a-naphthylethane-, 2-fJ-naphthylethane-, 2-(4-methylphenyl)ethane-, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethane-, 3-phenylpropane-, 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-propane-, 2,2-diphenylethane- and 2,2-di(4-methoxyphenyl)ethane-sulfonyl. Aryl-substituted sulfonyl Ri or R9 (aryl-S02-) preferably contains an unsubstituted or substituted aryl radical mentioned in the definition of aryl as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj or R9 and is especially benzene- or 1- or 2-naphthalene-sulfonyl that is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by lower alkyl, such as benzenesulfonyl, 2- or 4-toluenesulfonyl or 1- or 2-naphthalenesulfonyl. Heterocyclyl-substituted sulfonyl Rj or R9 (heterocyclyl-S02-) preferably contains heterocyclyl that is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and may be unsubstituted or substituted, especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl, such as - 17- 250535 morpholinosulfonyl, thiomorpholinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl or piperazinosulfonyl. In especially preferred forms of the invention, heterocyclylsulfonyl as substituent may be absent. Acyloxy R5 has, for example, up to 25, preferably up to 19, carbon atoms and is especially the acyloxy group, bonded via its carbonyl to the bonding oxygen atom, of a carboxylic acid or of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid, also an aminocarbonyloxy group, an N-substituted aminocarbonyloxy group or an acyl radical of a semiester of carbonic acid linked via its carbonyl group to the bonding oxygen atom. A preferred acyloxy group R5 of a carboxylic acid is, for example, unsubstituted CrC20alkanoyloxy, for example n-decanoyloxy or palmitoyloxy, C3-C20alkenoyloxy or C3-C2oalkynoyloxy, or substituted C1-C2oalkanoyloxy, C3-C2oalkenoyloxy or C3-C20alkynoyloxy, especially lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, nonanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, undecanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy or also or especially palmitoyloxy; C3-C7alkenoyloxy; or C3-C7alkynoyloxy; or substituted lower alkanoyloxy wherein the substituents are selected, for example, from one or more radicals, preferably from up to three radicals, especially from one radical selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, lower alkoxy, phenoxy, naphthyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as benzoyloxy or phenylacetoxy, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, especially fluorine or chlorine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, hydroxy-lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, bis(hydroxy-lower alkyl)carbamoyl, cyano, oxo, C3-C8cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, C6-C12bicycloalkyl, such as decahydronaphth-2-yl, C9-C14tricycloalkyl, such as 1- or 2-adamantyl, C4-C8cycloalkenyl, such as 1-cyclo-hexenyl or 1,4-cyclohexadienyl, heterocyclyl which is preferably a saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated single ring containing from 3 to 7, preferably from 5 to 7, ring atoms and up to four hetero atoms selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, preferably 1 or 2 of the mentioned hetero atoms, the ring either being present as such or being once or twice, preferably once, benzofused, cyclopenta-, cyclohexa- or cyclohepta-fused, and which may be unsubstituted or substituted especially by lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl, halogen, cyano and/or by trifluoromethyl, for example pyrrolyl, 2,5-dihydropyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, cyclohepta[b]pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, triazolyl, such as 1,2,3-, 1,2,4- or - 18- 250535 1,3.4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, such as 1- or 2-tetrazolyl, tetrahydro-oxazolyl, tetrahydro-isoxazolyl, tetrahydro-thiazolyl, tetrahydro-isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazin- 1-yl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, S,S-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,2-dihydro- or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl, or 1,2-dihydro- or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, the mentioned radicals being unsubstituted or substituted as above, especially by lower alkyl, for example in 4-lower alkyl-piperazin-l-yl, such as 4-methyl- or 4-ethyl-piperazin-l-yl, by lower alkanoyl, for example in 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-l-yl, such as 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-yl, or by hydroxy-lower alkyl, for example in 5-hydroxymethylfuran-2-yl-carbonyl; and aryl, preferably C6-C14aryl, for example phenyl, naphthyl, such as 1- or 2-naphthyl, or fluorenyl, such as fluoren-9-yl, aryl being unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, preferably mono-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl or chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, mono- or di-hydroxy-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as heterocyclyl-lower alkyl wherein heterocyclyl is as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyloxy R5, especially heterocyclylmethyl wherein heterocyclyl is bonded via a ring nitrogen atom, for example piperidinomethyl, piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alky 1-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-methyl- or 4-ethyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, morpholino-methyl or thiomorpholinomethyl, cyano and/or by nitro, and especially phenyl substituted in the p-position by one of the mentioned radicals; for example lower alkanoyloxy, such as formyloxy, acetoxy, propionyloxy, pivaloyloxy or heptanoyloxy, such as n-heptanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkanoyloxy, for example (3-hydroxypropionyloxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyloxy, for example lower alkoxyacetoxy or lower alkoxypropionyloxy, such as methoxyacetoxy or P-methoxy-propionyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkanoyloxy, for example lower alkanoyloxy-acetoxy or lower alkanoyloxypropionyloxy, such as acetoxyacetoxy or p-acetoxy-propionyloxy, halo-lower alkanoyloxy, for example a-haloacetoxy, such as a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetoxy, or halopropionyloxy, such as p-chloro- or p-bromo-propionyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, for example carboxy-acetoxy or 3-carboxypropionyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example lower alkoxycarbonylacetoxy or lower alkoxycarbonylpropionyloxy, such as methoxy-carbonylacetoxy, p-methoxycarbonylpropionyloxy, ethoxycarbonylacetoxy, P-ethoxy-carbonylpropionyloxy, tert-butoxycarbonylacetoxy or p-tert-butoxycarbonylpropionyloxy, 1 - 19- 25 0 5 carbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example carbamoylacetoxy or (3-carbamoylpropionyl-oxy, lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, dihydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, dihydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example pyrrolylcarbonyloxy, such as 2- or 3-pyrrolylcarbonyloxy, furylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-furylcarbonyloxy, 5-hydroxymethyl-furan-2-ylcarbonyloxy, thienylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-thienyl-carbonyloxy, imidazolylcarbonyloxy, such as 4-imidazolylcarbonyloxy, imidazolyl-acetoxy, such as 4-imidazolylacetoxy, imidazolylpropionyloxy, such as 3-(4-imidazolyl)-propionyloxy, pyridylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyloxy, indolyl-carbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 5-indolylcarbonyloxy, 1-methyl-, 5-methyl-, 5-methoxy-, 5-benzyloxy-, 5-chloro- or 4,5-dimethyl-indolyl-2-carbonyloxy, quinolyl-carbonyloxy, such as quinolin-2-ylcarbonyloxy, pyrrolidinylcarboxy, such as pyrrolid-inyl-3-carbonyloxy, piperidinylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 4-piperidinylcarbonyl-oxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, thiomorpholinocarbonyloxy, morpholinoacetoxy, thio-morpholinoacetoxy, or 4-lower alkyl-1-piperazinoacetoxy, such as 4-methyl-piperazino-acetoxy, lower alkenoyloxy, for example acryloyloxy, vinylacetoxy, crotonoyloxy or 3- or 4-pentenoyloxy, lower alkynoyloxy, for example propioloyloxy or 2- or 3-butynoyloxy, C3-C8cycloalkylcarbonyloxy or C3-C8cycloalkylacetoxy, for example cyclopropyl-, cyclo-butyl-, cyclopentyl- or cyclohexyl-carbonyloxy, cyclopropylacetoxy, cyclopentylacetoxy or cyclohexylacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example benzoyloxy, phenylacetoxy or 3-phenylpropionyloxy, wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, piperidinomethyl, piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-methyl- or 4-ethyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, morphohno-lower alkyl, such as morpholinomethyl, thiomorpholinomethyl, cyano and/or by nitro, for example 4-chloromethyl-, 4-bromo-methyl-, 4-fluoro-, 4-chloro-, 4-methoxy-, 4-morpholinomethyl-, 4-thiomorpholino-methyl-, 4-cyano- or 4-nitro-benzoyloxy, or lower alkylphenylacetoxy, such as 4-methyl-phenylacetoxy. A preferred acyloxy R5 of an acyl radical, linked via its carbonyl group to the bonding oxygen atom, of a semiester of carbonic acid is, for example, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxycarbonyloxy, especially unsubstituted or substituted lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, for example methoxy-, ethoxy- or tert-lower alkoxy-carbonyloxy, such as tert-butoxy- -20- carbonyloxy, 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, for example 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-or 2,2,2-trichloro-ethoxycarbonyloxy; aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, for example arylmethoxycarbonyloxy, wherein aryl preferably has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, preferably mono-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl or chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, mono- or di-hydroxy-lower alkylcarbamoyl, heterocyclyl-lower alkyl wherein heterocyclyl is as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyloxy R5, especially heterocyclylmethyl wherein heterocyclyl is bonded via a ring nitrogen atom, for example piperidinomethyl, piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-methyl- or 4-ethyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-1 -ylmethyl, such as 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, morpholinomethyl or thiomorpholinomethyl, cyano and/or by nitro, and is especially phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, fluorenyl, or phenyl mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl or tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, ethoxy or tert-butoxy, hydroxy, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and/or by nitro, for example phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as benzyloxycarbonyloxy, 4-methoxy-benzyloxycarbonyloxy, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyloxy, diphenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as diphenylmethoxycarbonyloxy, di(4-methoxyphenyl)methoxycarbonyloxy, trityl-oxycarbonyloxy or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as 9-fluorenylmethoxy-carbonyloxy; or heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy wherein heterocyclyl is as defined above as a substituent of lower alkanoyloxy R5, for example furan-2-ylmethoxycarbonyl-oxy or pyridin-2-, -3- or -4-ylmethoxycarbonyl. The definitions falling under the definition of acyloxy groups R5 of a semiester of carbonic acid may in preferred forms be omitted from all the definitions of compounds of formula I mentioned hereinbefore and hereinafter. A preferred N-substituted aminocarbonyloxy group as acyloxy R5 carries at the nitrogen atom one or two substituents selected independently of one another from unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl (the substituents being selected from those mentioned above for substituted lower alkanoyloxy R5 and being present in the number there-defined, preferably substituents selected from hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as benzoyloxy or phenylacetoxy, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, especially fluorine or chlorine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, cyano, -21 - 250 5 3 oxo and phenyl or naphthyl, which are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, preferably mono-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl or chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, cyano and/or by nitro, especially phenyl substituted in the p-position by one of the mentioned radicals), especially unsubstituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, and aryl which preferably has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, preferably mono-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, cyano and/or by nitro, the nitrogen atom of the carbamoyl group carrying not more than one aryl radical; an acyloxy group R5 of an N-substituted carbamic acid is especially mono- or di-lower alkylaminocarbonyloxy, such as N-methyl-, N-ethyl-, N,N-dimethyl- or N,N-diethyl-aminocarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkylaminocarbonyloxy wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl or trifluoromethyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, carboxy and/or by cyano, preferably by up to three of those substituents selected independently of one another, especially by one of those substituents, for example in the p-position, such as in N-benzyl-, N-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-, N-(4-chlorobenzyl)-, N-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyl)- or N-(4-cyanobenzyl)-amino-carbonyloxy; especially preferred is aminocarbonyloxy substituted by only one radical at the nitrogen atom, for example N-lower alkylaminocarbonyloxy, such as N-methyl- or N-ethyl-aminocarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkylaminocarbonyloxy wherein phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, such as methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl or trifluoromethyl, halogen, such as fluorine or chlorine, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, carboxy and/or by cyano, preferably by up to three of those substituents selected independently of one another, especially by one of those substituents, for example in the p-position, such as in N-benzyl-, N-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-, N-(4-chlorobenzyl)-, N-(4-trifluoromethylbenzyl)- or N-(4-cyanobenzyl)-amino-carbonyloxy. The definitions falling under the definition of acyloxy groups R5 of an N-substituted carbamic acid, and the radical aminocarbonyloxy R5 may in preferred forms be omitted from all the definitions of compounds of formula I mentioned hereinbefore and hereinafter. 25 0 5 3 -22- An unsubstituted or substituted amino acid in acyloxy R5 bonded via its carbonyl to the bonding oxygen atom is preferably formed by the amino acid residues (aminoacyloxy), bonded via the carbonyl of their carboxy group and an oxygen atom, of an a-, p-, y- or 5-amino acid, especially of a natural a-amino acid having the L-configuration, such as those normally occurring in proteins, or an epimer of such an amino acid, that is to say having the unnatural D-configuration, or a D,L-isomeric mixture thereof, a homologue of such an amino acid, for example wherein the amino acid side chain has been lengthened or shortened by one or two methylene groups, wherein the amino group is in the P-, y- or 5-position and/or wherein a methyl group has been replaced by hydrogen, a substituted aromatic amino acid wherein the aromatic radical has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example a substituted phenylalanine or phenylglycine wherein the phenyl may be mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, for example acetoxy, amino, lower alkylamino, for example methylamino, di-lower alkylamino, for example dimethylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example acetylamino or pivaloylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, for example tert-butoxy-carbonylamino, arylmethoxycarbonylamino wherein aryl preferably has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example benzyloxycarbonylamino or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl-amino, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, carboxy and/or by nitro, a benzo-fused phenylalanine or phenylglycine, such as a-naphthylalanine, or a hydrogenated phenylalanine or phenylglycine, such as cyclohexylalanine or cyclohexyl-glycine. Those amino acid residues may be substituted at free amino or hydroxy functions, as described above for amino acid residues Rx or R9. Especially preferred is the residue, bonded via the carbonyl of its carboxy group and an oxygen atom, of an amino acid selected from glycine (H-Gly-OH), alanine (H-Ala-OH), 2-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminopentanoic acid, 4-aminopentanoic acid, 5-aminopentanoic acid, 3-aminohexanoic acid, 4-aminohexanoic acid or 5-aminohexanoic acid, valine (H-Val-OH), norvaline (a-aminovaleric acid), leucine (H-Leu-OH), isoleucine (H-Ile-OH), norleucine (a-aminohexanoic acid, H-Nle-OH), serine (H-Ser-OH), homoserine (a-amino-y-hydroxybutyric acid), threonine (H-Thr-OH), methionine (H-Met-OH), cysteine (H-Cys-OH), proline (H-Pro-OH), trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, phenylalanine (H-Phe-OH), tyrosine (H-Tyr-OH), -23- 250 5 3 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, p-phenylserine (P-hydroxyphenylalanine), phenylglycine, a-naphthylalanine (H-Nal-OH), cyclohexyl-alanine (H-Cha-OH), cyclohexylglycine, tryptophan (H-Trp-OH), indoline-2-carboxylic acid, l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aspartic acid (H-Asp-OH), asparagine (H-Asn-OH), aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, glutamic acid (H-Glu-OH), glutamine (H-Gln-OH), histidine (H-His-OH), arginine (H-Arg-OH), lysine (H-Lys-OH), 5-hydroxylysine, ornithine (a,5-diaminovaleric acid), 3-aminopropanoic acid, a,Y-diaminobutyric acid and a,|3-diaminopropionic acid, especially the residue of an aliphatic amino acid selected from alanine, valine, norvaline, leucine, 3-aminopropionic acid, 2-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminopentanoic acid, 4-aminopentanoic acid, 5-aminopentanoic acid, 3-aminohexanoic acid, 4-amino-hexanoic acid or 5-aminohexanoic acid and isoleucine or an amino acid selected from glycine, asparagine, glutamine, methionine, lysine, histidine, proline and phenylalanine, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form, preferably in the L-form (except in cases where there is no asymmetric carbon atom, for example in the case of glycine), and an amino group is unsubstituted or is mono- or di-N-alkylated, for example by lower alkyl, such as methyl, n-propyl or n-butyl, by pyridyl-lower alkyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, and/or by phenyl-lower alkyl, such as benzyl, and/or is N-acylated, for example by unsubstituted or substituted lower alkanoyl, as defined above for lower alkanoyloxy R5, especially by acetyl, propionyl or pivaloyl, by aryl-lower alkanoyl, for example phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as benzoyl or phenylacetyl, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, or by aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl. Of the last-mentioned residues, preference is given to acyloxy groups R5 of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid selected from aminoacetoxy (glycyloxy), N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-lower alkoxycarbonylaminoacetoxy andN-phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, for example N-methylaminoacetoxy, N,N-dimethylaminoacetoxy, N-methyl-N-(n-butyl)aminoacetoxy, N-methyl-N-benzyl-aminoacetoxy, N-methyl-N-[(2-, 3- or 4-)pyridylmethyl]-aminoacetoxy, such as N-methyl-N-3-pyridylmethylaminoacetoxy, N-methyl-N-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-acetoxy, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, prolyloxy, histidyloxy, glutamyloxy and asparagyloxy, the amino acid residues preferably being in the (L)- or the (D)- or (D,L)-form (except in cases where there is no asymmetric carbon atom, for 25 0 5 3 -24- example in the case of Gly). Unsubstituted or substituted alkyl r3, r4 or r7 is preferably one of the radicals mentioned under alkyl R^ R2, Rg and r9 and is unsubstituted or substituted, especially by the substituents mentioned for lower alkanoyl Rj or Rg, especially one of those substituents, and is selected especially from lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl wherein cycloalkyl has, for example, from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl, cycloalkyl being unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, such as isopropyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, nitro and/or by cyano and being bonded, preferably terminally, to lower alkyl, especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl, for example cyclobutyl-, cyclopentyl-, cyclohexyl- or cycloheptyl-lower alkyl, such as -methyl or -ethyl, preferably cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, such as cyclohexylmethyl, and aryl-lower alkyl wherein aryl is, for example, independently as defined for aryl as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj or R9, which is unsubstituted or substituted as there-defined, especially phenyl-lower alkyl, such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 4-trifluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl or 4-methoxybenzyl, or: 4-lower alkoxybenzyl (especially having more total alkoxy carbon atoms than in 4-methoxybenzyl), such as 4-isobutoxybenzyl, 3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, phenyl-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-(3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyloxy)benzyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl, lower alkylenedioxyphenylmethyl, such as 3,4-methylene-dioxyphenylmethyl, or biphenylylmethyl, such as 4-biphenylylmethyl, especially phenyl-lower alkyl, most especially as last defined; or (also or especially) thienylmethyl or tetrahydropyranylmethyl, such as 2-thienylmethyl or 4-(2,3,5,6-tetra-hydro)pyranylmethyl. Cycloalkyl r3, r4 or r7 is preferably as defined in the definition thereof as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj or r9, and is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl, cycloalkyl being unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, such as isopropyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, nitro and/or by cyano, such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclo- -25 - 25 0 5 3 heptyl, especially cyclohexyl. Aryl r3, r4 or r7 is preferably independently as defined in the definition thereof as a substituent of lower alkanoyl Rj or r9 and, as in that definition, is unsubstituted or substituted, and is especially phenyl that is unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, such as isopropyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, nitro and/or by cyano, such as phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl or 4-cyanophenyl. When, in the compounds of formula I, nitrogen atoms having free hydrogen and/or hydroxy groups are vicinal with respect to double or triple bonds, the corresponding tautomeric imino and oxo compounds are always also included. Salts of compounds of formula I are especially acid addition salts, salts with bases or, where several salt-forming groups are present, can also be mixed salts or internal salts. Salts are especially the pharmaceutical^ acceptable, non-toxic salts of compounds of formula I. Such salts are formed, for example, by compounds of formula I having an acid group, for example a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoryl group substituted by one or two hydroxy groups, and are, for example, salts thereof with suitable bases, such as non-toxic metal salts derived from metals of groups la, lb, Ha and lib of the Periodic Table of the Elements, especially suitable alkali metal salts, for example lithium, sodium or potassium salts, or alkaline earth metal salts, for example magnesium or calcium salts, also zinc salts or ammonium salts, as well as salts formed with organic amines, such as unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted mono-, di- or tri-alkylamines, especially mono-, di- or tri-lower alkyl-amines, or with quaternary ammonium compounds, for example with N-methyl-N-ethyl-amine, diethylamine, triethylamine, mono-, bis- or tris-(2-hydroxy-lower alkyl)amines, such as mono-, bis- or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine or tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N,N-di-lower alkyl-N-(hydroxy-lower alkyl)-amines, such as N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, or quaternary ammonium salts, such as tetrabutylammonium salts. The compounds of formula I having a basic group, for example an amino group, can form acid addition salts, for example with inorganic acids, for example hydrohalic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, or with organic carboxylic, sulfonic, -26- 2^0535 sulfo or phospho acids or N-substituted sulfamic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, methylmaleic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, gluconic acid, glucaric acid, glucuronic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, salicylic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 2-phenoxybenzoic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, embonic acid, nicotinic acid or isonico-tinic acid, as well as with amino acids, for example the a-amino acids mentioned hereinbefore, especially glutamic acid and aspartic acid, and with methanesulfonic acid, ethane-sulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 2- or 3-phosphoglycer-ate, glucose-6-phosphate, N-cyclohexylsulfamic acid (forming cyclamates) or with other acidic organic compounds, such as ascorbic acid. Compounds of formula I having acid and basic groups can also form internal salts. For isolation or purification purposes, it is also possible to use pharmaceutically unacceptable salts. The compounds of formula I have valuable pharmacological properties. They have antiretroviral activity, especially against AIDS, for example against HTV-1 and HTV-2. They serve as metabolic precursors for compounds of formula II wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I (analogues of the compounds of formula I having hydroxy instead of R5), which are suitable as inhibitors of retroviral aspartate proteases, especially as inhibitors of the gag-protease of HTV-1 or HIV-2 (and possibly the aspartoproteases of other retroviruses that cause symptoms analogous to AIDS), and therefore for the treatment of retroviral diseases, such as AIDS or its precursors. In that treatment, the compounds of formula II (having hydroxy instead of R5 in formula I) are released in the body of the animal to be treated, especially a warmblooded animal, including a human, from the compounds of formula I. no R6 The compounds of formula I preferably have advantageous pharmacodynamic properties -27- 250 5 3 in relation to the compounds of formula II, which can be demonstrated, for example, as follows: The compounds of formula I to be investigated and, as control, the comparison compound of formula II are each dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in a concentration of 240 mg/ml. The resulting solutions are diluted with 20 % (w/v) hydroxypropyl-P-cyclo-dextrin (HPfJCD) to obtain a concentration of the test compound of 12 mg/ml. That solution is administered to mice in a dose of 120 mg/kg by means of artificial special feeding. 60, 90 and 120 min after administration the animals are sacrificed and blood is removed. Three or four animals are examined per time point. The blood is heparinised and prepared for analysis as follows: an internal standard is added to the heparinised blood in a final concentration of 4 (J.M. The blood is centrifuged. 0.25 ml of plasma is drawn off and deproteinised with an equal volume of acetonitrile. After centrifugation the supernatant is concentrated by drying in vacuo and the residue is suspended in 20 |il of 3M NaCl solution and 100 jil of 0.05M phthalate buffer having a pH of 3.0. The suspension is extracted first with 1 ml, then with 0.2 ml of diisopropyl ether. The diisopropyl ether solution is concentrated to dryness by evaporation and the residue is dissolved in 50 % (v/v) aqueous acetonitrile. The solution is analysed by reversed-phase HPLC. The analysis by reversed-phase HPLC is carried out using a 125 x 4.6 mm Nucleosil® C18-column (reversed-phase material supplied by Macherey-Nagel, Diiren, Federal Republic of Germany, based on silica gel derivatised with hydrocarbon radicals having 18 carbon atoms) equilibrated with a mobile phase of 50 % acetonitrile in water/0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid. The flow rate is 1 ml/min. Detection is effected at 215 nm. Standards for the compounds in blood are worked up analogously to the blood samples and used to establish standard curves on the basis of which the in vivo concentrations are determined. The following results are obtainable from a comparison of the compounds of formula I with those of formula II (active component, having hydroxy instead of acyloxy R5): the concentration of the active component of formula II in the blood of mice after oral administration of a compound of formula I, for example of a compound of formula I wherein Rt is acetyl, may, at most time points, especially at all the above-mentioned time points, be significantly higher, for example more than three times higher, especially more than ten times higher and more especially from approximately 20 to approximately 150 times higher, than when a compound of formula II is administered in non-esterified form. -28- 25 0 5 35 Alternatively, or in addition, thereto the absorption of a compound of formula I, for example of a compound of formula I wherein Rj is acetyl, may be significantly higher, for example more than four times higher, than the absorption of a compound of formula II. It is also possible over a prolonged period to maintain a higher blood level with a compound of formula I than with a compound of formula II. The obtainable blood concentration of a compound of formula II at the mentioned time points is preferably significantly higher than the ED90 determined for the corresponding compound of formula II in the cell test (see below). The compounds of formula I, and the compounds of formula n, can also be used as standards in comparisons of different test systems on different species of animals, which represents a further, commercial use. By comparing blood levels in different species of animals, for example, it is possible to compare different animal models. The compounds of formula II that can be released under physiological conditions from the compounds of the present invention or that serve as starting materials in the preparation of compounds of formula I, or the salts thereof, have an inhibiting action on viral aspartate proteases, especially a gag-protease-inhibiting action. In the tests described below, at concentrations of 10"^ to 10"^ mol/1 they inhibit especially the action of the gag-protease of HIV-1 and HIV-2 and are therefore suitable as agents against diseases caused by those retroviruses or by related retroviruses, for example against AIDS or the precursors of AIDS. The blood levels of those compounds of formula II can be determined analogously to the methods mentioned above for compounds of formula I. The ability of the compounds of formula II to inhibit the proteolytic activity of, for example, HIV-1 protease can be demonstrated, for example, by the method described by J. Hansen et al., The EMBO Journal 7, 1785-1791 (1988). In that method, the inhibition of the action of the gag-protease is measured on a substrate that is a fusion protein of the gag-precursor protein and MS-2, expressed in E. coli. The substrate and its cleavage products are separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and made visible by immunoblotting using monoclonal antibodies to MS-2. In a test that is even simpler to carry out and that gives precise quantitative results, there is -29- 250535 used as substrate for the gag-protease a synthetic peptide that corresponds to the cleavage site of the gag-precursor protein. That substrate and its cleavage products can be analysed by high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). For example, analogously to the method described by Richards, A.D. et al., Biol. Chem. 265 (14), 7733-7736 (1990), there is used as substrate for a recombinant HTV-1 protease (preparation in accordance with Billich, S. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263 (34), 17905 - 17908 (1990)) a synthetic chromophoric peptide (for example HKARVL[N02]FEANleS (Bachem, Switzerland) or an icosapeptide such as RRSNQVSQNYPTVQNIQGRR (prepared by peptide synthesis using known methods: J. Schneider et al., Cell 54, 363-368 (1988)) that corresponds to one of the cleavage sites of the gag-precursor protein. That substrate and its cleavage products can be analysed by high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). For that purpose an inhibitor of formula II to be tested is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide; the enzyme assay is carried out by adding suitable dilutions of the inhibitor in 20 mM P-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid (MES) buffer, pH 6.0, to the assay mix of 67.2 fiM of the above-mentioned chromophoric peptide in 0.3M sodium acetate, 0.1M NaCl, pH 7.4, or 122 (iM of the above-mentioned icosapeptide in 20 mM MES buffer, pH 6.0. The size of the batches is 100 pi. The reaction is started by the addition of, in the first case, 2 |xl and, in the second case, 10 nl of HIV-1 protease and is stopped in the first case after 15 min by the addition of 100 p.1 of 0.3M hcio4 and in the second case after incubation for one hour at 37°C by the addition of 10 (il of 0.3M hcio4. After centrifugation of the sample for 5 min at 10 000 x g in 100 jil (batch with chromophoric peptide) or 20 |il (icosapeptide batch) of the resulting supernatant and application to a 125 x 4.6 mm Nucleosil® CI8-5[J. HPLC column (Macherey & Nagel, Duren) and elution, the reaction products are quantified by measuring the peak of the cleavage product of formula II at 280 nm (batch with chromophoric peptide) or at 215 nm (batch with icosapeptide), gradient: 100 % eluant 1 -> 50 % eluant 1/50 % eluant 2 (eluant 1: 75 % acetonitrile, 90 % h2o, 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid (TFA); eluant 2: 75 % acetonitrile, 25 % h2o, 0.08 % TFA) in the course of 15 min; throughput rate 1 ml/min. In so doing, it is preferable to determine ic50 values (ic50 = the concentration that reduces the activity of HTV-1 protease by 50 % compared with a control without an inhibitor) of approximately from 10"^ to 10"^M, especially from approximately 10"^ to approximately 10"^M. -30- 250535 In a further test it can be shown that the compounds of formula II that can be released from the compounds of formula I protect cells that normally become infected by HTV from such infection or at least retard such infection. In that test the human T-cell leukaemia cell line MT-2 (Science 229, 563 (1985)), which is extremely sensitive to the cytopatho-genic effect of HTV, is incubated with HTV alone or with HIV in the presence of the compounds of the invention and after a few days the viability of the cells thus treated is assessed. For that purpose the MT-2 cells are kept at 37°C in humid air with 5 % CO2 in RPMI 1640 medium (Gibco, Switzerland; RPMI 1640 comprises an amino acid mixture without L-Gln) supplemented with 10 % heat-inactivated foetal calf serum, L-glutamine, hepes (2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-l-piperazino]-ethanesulfonic acid) and standard antibiotics. 50 |il of the particular test compound in culture medium and 100 pi of HTV-1 in culture medium (800 TCED50/ml) (TCED50 = Tissue Culture Infectious Dose 50 = dose that infects 50 % of the MT-2 cells) are added to 4x10^ exponentially growing MT-2 cells in 50 (J.1 of culture medium per well on 96-well microtitre plates. Parallel batches on a further micro-titre plate with cells and test compound receive 100 jil of culture medium without virus. After incubation for 4 days, the reverse transcriptase (RT) activity is determined in 10 |il of cell supernatant. The RT activity is determined in 50 mM of tris (a,a,a-tris(hydroxy-methyl)methylamine, ultra pure, Merck, Federal Republic of Germany) pH 7.8; 75 mM of KC1, 2 mM of dithiothreitol, 5 mM of MgCl2; 0.05 % Nonidet P-40 (detergent; Sigma, Switzerland); 50 |xg/ml of polyadenylic acid (Pharmacia, Sweden); 1.6 |ig/ml of dT(12-18) (Sigma, Switzerland). The mixture is filtered through an Acrodisc filter (0.45 |i: Gellman Science Inc, Ann Arbor) and stored at -20°C. 0.1% (v/v) [alpha-^^P]dTTP is added to aliquots of that solution in order to achieve a final radioactive activity of 10 jiCi/ml. 10 jxl of the culture supernatant are transferred to a new 96-well microtitre plate and 30 jxl of the mentioned RT cocktail are added thereto. After mixing, the plate is incubated for from 1.5 to 3 hours at 37°C. 5 |il of that reaction mixture are transferred to Whatman DE81 paper (Whatman). The dried filters are washed three times for 5 minutes with 300 mM of NaCl/25 mM of trisodium citrate and once with 95 % ethanol and again air-dried. Evaluation is effected in a Matrix Packard 96-well counter (Packard). The ED90 values are calculated and defined as the lowest concentration of the particular test compound that reduces the RT activity by 90 % in comparison with cell batches not treated with the test compound. The RT activity is a measure of the reproduction of HIV-1. -31 - 250535 In that test, the compounds containing hydroxy instead of R5 exhibit an ED90 of approximately from 10"-* to 10~^M, preferably approximately from 5 x 10"^ to 5 x lCT^M. In the groups of compounds of formula I mentioned below, it may be advantageous, for example in order to replace rather general definitions with more specific definitions, to use definitions of radicals from the above-mentioned general definitions. Preference is given to a compound of formula I wherein Rj and r9 are each independently of the other hydrogen; lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl or pivaloyl, or also or especially 3,3-dimethylbutyryl; especially acetyl; aryl-lower alkanoyl wherein aryl has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably as in phenyl, indenyl, indanyl, naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, acenaphthyl or fluorenyl, and may be unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted especially by lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl or propyl, halo-lower alkyl, for example trifluoromethyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example pivaloylamino, halogen, for example fluorine, chlorine or bromine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, phenyl-, naphthyl- or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, sulfo, lower alkylsulfonyl, for example methyl-sulfonyl, phosphono, hydroxy-lower alkoxyphosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, sulfamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylamino-sulfonyl, nitro and/or by cyano, and wherein lower alkanoyl is unsubstituted or substituted by carbamoyl or by carbamoyl substituted at the nitrogen atom by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, carboxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylamino-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl and di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, preferably as described under aryl-lower alkanoyl above in the general definitions, for example 4-chloro-, 4-methoxy- or 4-nitro-benzoyl, naphthylcarbonyl, such as a- or P-naphthylcarbonyl, or 1,8-naphthalenedicarbonyl bonded to the amino group via both carbonyl groups, phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl or 3-phenylpropionyl, lower alkylphenylacetyl, such as 4-methylphenylacetyl, lower alkoxyphenylacetyl, such as 4-methoxyphenylacetyl, 3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)-propionyl, diphenylacetyl, di(4-methoxy-phenyl)acetyl, triphenylacetyl, 2,2-dibenzylacetyl, 3-a- or 3-(3-naphthylpropionyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, for example 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-ct-naphthyl-2-carbamoylpropionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl- -32- 25 0 5 3 2-tert-butylcarbamoylpropionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a-naphthyl-2-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-carbamoylpropionyl, especially phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl, or phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, for example 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl; heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 3,1-benzofuranyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrrolyl, cyclohexa[b]pyridyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrazinyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrimidinyl, pyiTolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, S,S-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinolyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, which is bonded via a ring carbon atom or a ring nitrogen atom, in the case of saturated heterocyclic compounds preferably via a ring nitrogen atom, especially indolylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 5-indolylcarbonyl, quinolyl-lower alkanoyl, for example quinolylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-quinolylcarbonyl, piperidylcarbonyl, such as piperidinocarbonyl or 2-, 3- or 4-piperidylcarbonyl, piperaz-inylcarbonyl, such as piperazin-l-ylcarbonyl, morpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, for example morpholino-lower alkanoyl, for example morpholinocarbonyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, for example thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as thiomorpholinocarbonyl, such as thiomorpholinocarbonyl, S,S-dioxothiomorpho-linylcarbonyl, such as S,S-dioxothiomorpholinocarbonyl, tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl, and pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, for example pyridylcarbonyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl, or pyridylacetyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl, with heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl being selected especially from morpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as thiomorpholinocarbonyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl, and tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-tetrazol-l-ylpropionyl; (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkanoyl; amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl is independently as defined above for heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl Rj or r9, especially amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by N-morpholino-carbonyl or by N-thiomorpholinocarbonyl, more especially N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-lower alkanoyl, such as N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl; halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to three halogen atoms, especially a-haloacetyl, such as a-fluoro-, a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetyl, or halopropionyl, such as (3-chloro- or (3-bromo-propionyl, especially trifluoroacetyl; (N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is preferably selected from pyrrolyl, 25 0 5 -33- furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl, especially 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkyl-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl, or 2-(N-(pyridyl-lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methylbutyryl; lower alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxy-, ethoxy-, isopropoxy-, isobutoxy- or tert-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, for example methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl or isobutoxycarbonyl; aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein aryl is phenyl, biphenylyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, fluorenyl, or phenyl that is mono- or poly-substituted, preferably up to tri-substituted, especially mono-substituted, by lower alkyl, for example methyl or tert-butyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, ethoxy or tert-butoxy, halogen, for example chlorine or bromine, and/or by nitro, for example phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 4-methoxybenzyl-oxycarbonyl, especially phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl; heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein heterocyclyl is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, and from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, such as by methyl, for example 2-furylmethoxycarbonyl, or tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tetrahydrofurylmethoxycarbonyl, especially tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2(R,S)-tetrahydrofurylmethoxycarbonyl; lower alkenyloxycarbonyl wherein the lower alkenyl radical is bonded to the oxygen atom via a saturated carbon atom, for example allyloxycarbonyl; lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl; (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl; lower alkanesulfonyl, for example methane- or ethane-sulfonyl, especially methanesulfonyl; heterocyclylsulfonyl (heterocyclyl-SC^-) wherein heterocyclyl is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and may be unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, such as methyl, such as morpholinosulfonyl, thiomorpholinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl or piperazinosulfonyl; carbamoyl; N-heterocyclyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently one of the radicals mentioned above in the definition of heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl Rj or R9, especially pyridyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, preferably N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-carbamoyl; or also or especially N-lower alkyl-N-(morpholino-lower alkyl)-amino- -34- 250535 carbonyl, such as N-methyl-N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-aminocarbonyl; or an acyl radical of an amino acid the amino function of which is free or acylated by one of the other radicals mentioned hitherto for R} and R9 with the exception of one of the mentioned aminoacyl radicals, the amino acid residues being selected from the residues, bonded via the carbonyl of their 1-carboxy group, of the amino acids glycine, alanine, valine, norvaline, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, serine, homoserine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, proline, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, (3-phenylserine, phenylglycine, a-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, tryptophan, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aspartic acid, asparagine, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, arginine, lysine, 5-hydroxylysine, ornithine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, ct,y-di-aminobutyric acid and a,P-diaminopropionic acid, more especially the residues of an amino acid selected from valine, alanine, leucine, isoleucine, glycine, glutamic acid and asparagine, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form, preferably in the L-form (with the exception of Val, which may also be in the (D)- or (D,L)-form); and the a-amino group being unsubstituted or N-acylated by one of the radicals mentioned above for Rj and R9, especially by lower alkanoyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl, morpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as thio-morpholino-carbonyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl, quinolinyl-lower alkanoyl, such as quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl, tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-tetrazol-l-ylpropionyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl, amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by N-morpholino- or N-thiomoipholino-carbonyl, for example N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-lower alkanoyl, such as N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylaminoacetyl, halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to three halogen atoms, for example a-haloacetyl, such as a-fluoro-, a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetyl, or halopropionyl, such as (3-chloro- or P-bromo-propionyl, especially trifluoroacetyl, 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpho-linoethyl)-carbamoyl-3-methyl-butyryl, 2-(N-(pyridyl-lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2(R,S)-tetrahydrofurylmethoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl wherein the lower alkenyl radical is bonded via a saturated carbon atom to the bonding oxygen atom, lower 250535 -35- alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanesulfonyl, morpholinosulfonyl, thiomorpholinosulfonyl, piperidinosulfonyl, 4-methylpiperazinylsulfonyl or piperazinosulfonyl or N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, such as N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-carbamoyl; or also or especially N-(phenyl-lower alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, such as N-benzylaminocarbonyl, N-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as tert-butylaminocarbonyl, N,N-di-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, N-(lower alkoxy-lower alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, such as N-(2-methoxyethoxy)-aminocarbonyl or N-(morpholino-lower alkylaminocarbonyl, such as N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-aminocarbonyl, or an acyl radical of an amino acid, as defined above, wherein the a-amino group is acylated by one of those radicals, with the proviso that not more than one of the two radicals Rj and R9 may be hydrogen, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is lower alkyl, such as isobutyl or n-butyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl-lower alkyl wherein C3-C7cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, such as isopropyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, mono-or di-lower alkylamino, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, nitro and/or by cyano and is bonded, preferably terminally, to lower alkyl, especially methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl, such as cyclobutyl-, cyclopentyl-, cyclohexyl- or cycloheptyl-lower alkyl, such as -methyl or -ethyl, especially cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, most especially cyclohexylmethyl; or is aryl-lower alkyl wherein aryl is independently as defined in aryl-lower alkanoyl Rj or R9, or is also or especially phenyl-lower alkoxybenzyl, 4-(3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyloxy)benzyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxybenzyl or lower alkylenedioxyphenylmethyl, and is especially phenyl that may be unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl or isopropyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, or also or especially isobutoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, lower alkanoylamino, for example pivaloylamino, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, benzyl-, naphthyl- or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, sulfo, lower alkyl-sulfonyl, phosphono, hydroxy-lower alkoxyphosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, sulfamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkyl-sulfamoyl, nitro and/or by cyano, especially phenyl-lower alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by the mentioned substituents, especially benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenyl-propyl, 4-fluoro-, 4-trifluoromethyl-, 4-cyano-, 4-methoxy- or 4-hydroxy-benzyl, or also -36- 250 535 or especially: 4-lower alkoxybenzyl (especially having more total alkoxy carbon atoms than in 4-methoxybenzyl), such as 4-isobutoxybenzyl, 3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, phenyl-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-(3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyloxy)benzyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)benzyl, lower alkylenedioxyphenylmethyl, such as 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl-methyl, or biphenylylmethyl, such as 4-biphenylylmethyl, more especially phenyl-lower alkyl, especially as last defined, or also or especially thienylmethyl or tetrahydropyranylmethyl, such as 2-thienylmethyl or 4-(2,3,5,6-tetra-hydro)pyranylmethyl, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, nonanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, undecanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkanoyloxy, halo-lower alkanoyloxy, for example a-haloacetoxy, such as a-chloro-, a-bromo-, a-iodo-, a,a,a-trifluoro- or a,a,a-trichloro-acetoxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, carbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, dihydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, dihydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyrrolylcarbonyloxy, such as 2- or 3-pyrrolylcarbonyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example furylcarbonyloxy, such as 2-furylcarbonyloxy, thienylcarbonyl-oxy, for example 2-thienylcarbonyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example imidazolylcarbonyloxy, such as 4-imidazolylcarbonyloxy, imidazolylacetoxy, such as 4-imidazolylacetoxy, imidazolylpropionyloxy, such as 3-(4-imidazolylpropionyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as pyridylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl-carbonyloxy, indolylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 5-indolylcarbonyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as quinolinylcarbonyloxy, such as quinolin-2-ylcarbonyloxy, pyrrolidinylcarboxy, such as pyrrolidinyl-3-carbonyloxy, piperidinylcarbonyloxy, for example 2-, 3- or 4-piperidinylcarbonyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, thiomorpholino-carbonyloxy, morpholinoacetoxy, thiomorpholinoacetoxy or 4-lower alkyl-1-piperazino-acetoxy, such as 4-methyl-piperazinoacetoxy, lower alkenoyloxy (wherein the lower alkenoyl radical is preferably bonded to the bonding oxygen atom via a saturated carbon atom), for example acryloyloxy, vinylacetoxy, crotonoyloxy or 3- or 4-pentenoyloxy, lower alkynoyloxy, for example propioloyloxy or 2- or 3-butynoyloxy, C3-C8cycloalkyl-carbonyloxy, C3-C8cycloalkylacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, for example benzoyl-oxy, phenylacetoxy or 3-phenylpropionyloxy, which may be unsubstituted, mono- or poly-substituted in the phenyl radical by lower alkyl, for example methyl, halo-lower alkyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl, halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, 25 5 -37- hydroxy, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, piperidinomethyl, piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-methyl- or 4-ethyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, such as 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, morpholino-lower alkyl, such as morpholinomethyl, thiomorpholinomethyl, cyano and/or by nitro, especially mono-substituted by one of the mentioned substituents, or is the residue, bonded via a carbonyloxy group containing the carbonyl from the carboxy group of the amino acid in question, of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, 2-amino-butyric acid, 3-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminopentanoic acid, 4-amino-pentanoic acid, 5-aminopentanoic acid, 3-aminohexanoic acid, 4-aminohexanoic acid, 5-aminohexanoic acid, valine, norvaline, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, serine, homoserine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, proline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, cyclohexyl-alanine, tryptophan, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, arginine, lysine, ornithine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, a/y-diaminobutyric acid and a,P-diaminopropionic acid; especially the radical, bonded via carbonyloxy, of an aliphatic amino acid selected from alanine, valine, norvaline, leucine, 3-aminopropionic acid, 2-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminopentanoic acid, 4-aminopentanoic acid, 5-aminopentanoic acid, 3-aminohexanoic acid, 4-aminohexanoic acid, 5-aminohexanoic acid and isoleucine or an amino acid selected from glycine, asparagine, glutamine, methionine, lysine, histidine, proline and phenylalanine, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form, preferably in the L-form (except in cases where there is no asymmetric carbon atom, for example in the case of glycine); and wherein an amino group is unsubstituted or is mono-or di-N-alkylated by lower alkyl, such as methyl, n-propyl or n-butyl, by pyridyl-lower alkyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, and/or by phenyl-lower alkyl, such as benzyl, and/or is N-acylated by lower alkanoyl, especially acetyl, propionyl or pivaloyl, by phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as benzoyl or phenylacetyl, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, or by phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl; or is also or especially palmitoyloxy; and R7 is independently of R3 one of the radicals there-defined, especially lower alkyl, more especially isobutyl or n-butyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, especially cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, such as cyclohexylmethyl, or aryl-lower alkyl, as described for aryl-lower alkyl R3, especially phenyl-lower alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by the mentioned substituents, such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 4-fluoro-, 4-trifluoromethyl-, 4-cyano-, 4-methoxy- or 4-hydroxy-benzyl, or also or especially 4-lower alkoxybenzyl (especially having more total alkoxy carbon -38- 25 0 5 3 atoms than 4-methoxybenzyl), such as 4-isobutoxybenzyl, 3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, phenyl-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-(3,4-di-lower alkoxybenzyloxy)benzyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxybenzyl, such as 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl, lower alkylenedioxyphenylmethyl, such as 3,4-methylene-dioxyphenylmethyl, or biphenylylmethyl, such as 4-biphenylylmethyl, especially phenyl-lower alkyl, especially as last defined, or also or especially thienylmethyl or tetrahydropyranylmethyl, such as 2-thienylmethyl or 4-(2,3,5,6-tetra-hydro)pyranylmethyl, or a salt thereof where at least one salt-forming group is present. Great preference is given to a compound of formula I wherein Rj and R9 are each independently of the other hydrogen, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl or propionyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, such as 2-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl, morpho-lino-lower alkanoyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, such as thiomorpholino-carbonyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl, quinolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl, tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 3-tetrazol-l-yl-propionyl, amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonyl, for example N-morpholino- or N-thio-morpholino-carbonylamino-lower alkanoyl, such as N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl, halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to three halogen atoms, such as trifluoroacetyl, 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl, 2-(N-pyridyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, such as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy-, ethoxy-, isobutoxy- or tert-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tetrahydrofuryl-methoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl (preferably having lower alkenyl bonded via a saturated carbon atom to the bonding oxygen atom), such as allyloxycarbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl, (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxycarbonyl, lower alkanesulfonyl, for example methane- or ethane-sulfonyl, morpholinosulfonyl, thiomorpholinosulfonyl, N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl, or an acyl radical, bonded via the carbonyl of its carboxy group, of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, glutamic acid and asparagine in the (D)-, (L)- or (D,L)-form (with the exception of glycine), wherein the -39- 250535 a-amino group is unsubstituted or acylated by one of the other radicals or R9 mentioned hitherto, with the exception of an acyl radical of an amino acid, greatest preference being given to the acyl radicals of N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine, N-(N-(2-, 3-or 4-pyridyl)methyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-glycine, valine, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-valine, N-phenylacetyl-valine, N-acetyl-valine, N-(2-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyI)-valine, N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl)-valine, N-2-tetrahydrofuryl-[2H]-methoxycarbonyl-valine, N-(2-methoxy)ethoxycarbonyl-valine, N-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl-valine, N-(3-(tetrazol-1 -yl)-propionyl)-valine, N-(quinohn-2-ylcarbonyl)-valine, N-methoxy-carbonyl-valine, N-isobutoxycarbonyl-valine, N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-valine, N-benzyloxy-carbonyl-valine, N-(morpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-(morpholinocarbonyl)amino-acetyl)-valine, N-(thiomorpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-2-pyridylmethyl-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-valine, N-morpholinocarbonylaminoacetyl-valine, N-methylsulfonyl-valine, morpholinosulfonyl-valine, N-acetyl-isoleucine, N-propionyl-isoleucine, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-isoleucine, glutamic acid, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-glutamic acid, asparagine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-asparagine and/or quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl-asparagine, wherein the amino acid residues are each preferably in the (L)- or (D,L)-form, and in the case of valine also in the (D)-form; with the proviso that not more than one of the radicals R-! and R9 is hydrogen, R2, R4, R6 and Rg are hydrogen, r3 is lower alkyl, such as n-butyl or isobutyl, cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, such as cyclo-hexylmethyl, or phenyl-lower alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, such as fluorine, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, or by cyano, especially benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl or 4-cyanobenzyl, r5 is lower alkanoyloxy, such as acetoxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, pentanoyloxy or pivaloyloxy, octanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, such as 3-carboxypropionyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as 2-furylcarbonyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as 4-imidazolylcarbonyloxy, 4-imidazolylacetoxy or 3-(4-imidazolyl)-propionyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl-carboxy, 2-pyridylacetoxy or 3-(2-pyridyl)propionyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as quinolin-2-ylcarbonyloxy, aminoacetoxy (glycyloxy), N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, such as N-methylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, such as N,N-dimethyl-aminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylaminoacetoxy, such as N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methyl-aminoacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as benzoyloxy, 4-morphoIino-Iower alkylbenzoyloxy, such as 4-moipholinomethylbenzoyI-oxy, 4-halomethylbenzoyloxy, histidyloxy or prolyloxy and R7 is as last defined for R3, especially lower alkyl, such as isobutyl or n-butyl; cyclo- -40- 250 5 3 hexyl-lower alkyl; or phenyl-lower alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, such as fluorine, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, or by cyano; as last defined for R3, or a salt thereof where at least one salt-forming group is present, still greater preference being given to those compounds in which Ri and/or R9 are not morpholinosulfonyl or thiomorpholinosulfonyl. Especially preferred is a compound of formula I wherein Rj is lower alkoxycarbonyl, halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, the monovalent residue, bonded via carbonyl, of an aliphatic amino acid selected from valine, alanine, leucine and isoleucine or the residue, bonded via carbonyl, of an aliphatic amino acid as defined above acylated at the amino nitrogen atom by one of the radicals phenyl-lower alkanoyl, morpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, thiomorpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, all the mentioned amino acids being in the D-, D,L- or L-form, preferably in the L-form, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is phenyl-lower alkyl, 4-fluorophenyl-lower alkyl or cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, aminoacetoxy (glycyloxy), N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkoxy-carbonylaminoacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, 4-morpholinomethylbenzoyloxy, 4-halomethylbenzoyloxy, histidyloxy or prolyloxy (=pyrrolidin-2-ylcarbonyloxy), R6 is hydrogen, R7 is lower alkyl, cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, 4-cyanophenyl-lower alkyl or 4-fluorophenyl-lower alkyl, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is one of the radicals mentioned for Rls and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the radicals R3 and R5 are in the S-configuration, and pharmaceutical^ acceptable salts thereof. Great preference is given to a compound of formula I wherein Rj and R9 are N-methoxy-carbonylvalyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl or cyclohexylmethyl, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, especially acetoxy, or pyridylcarbonyloxy, especially 2-pyridyl-carbonyloxy, and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl, and pharmaceutical^ acceptable salts thereof, especially an isomer of that compound wherein the carbon atom carrying R3 and -41 - the carbon atom carrying R5 are in the (S)-configuration. Great preference is given also to a compound of formula I wherein Rx and R9 are each independently of the other N-lower alkoxycarbonyl-valyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is phenyl-methyl or cyclohexylmethyl, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is palmitoyloxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyloxy or pyridylcarbonyloxy, R6 is hydrogen, R7 is phenylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl and R8 is hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Of those compounds, special preference is given to l-[2(S)-palmitoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or l-[2(S)-(methoxy-acetoxy)-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or l-[2(S)-(2-pyridyl-carbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- 1-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxy-carbonyl] hydrazine of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Especially preferred are, finally, also compounds of formula I wherein Rj is quinolin- 2-yl-carbonyl-(L)-asparaginyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, 4-lower alkoxyphenyl-methyl or 4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, such as butyryloxy, octanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, palmitoyloxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyloxy, such as methoxyacetoxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, such as especially pyridinylcarbonyloxy, for example 2- or 3-pyridinylcarbonyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, aminoacetoxy (glycyloxy), N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylaminoacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, 4-morpholinomethylbenzoyloxy, 4-halomethylbenzoyloxy, histidyloxy or prolyloxy (=pyrrolidin-2-ylcarbonyloxy), Rg is hydrogen, R7 is phenylmethyl, 4-lower alkoxyphenylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl, Rg is hydrogen and R9 is lower alkoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, lower alkanoyl-(L)-valyl, benzylaminocarbonyl or C3-C7alkenyloxycarbonyl, or also lower alkoxycarbonyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable -42- salts thereof, especially a compound selected from l-[2(S)-(2-pyridylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl- l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-(2-pyridylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine, and l-[2(S)-(methoxy-acetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Very special preference is given to compounds of formula I selected from l-[2(S)-propionyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo- hexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 1 - [2(S )-pentanoyloxy-3 (S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] - l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-octanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-decanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-dodecanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-pivaloyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(2-furylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(4-imidazolylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(4-imidazolylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(3-(4-imidazolyl)-propionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-benzoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- 2505 -43 l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycaxbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(2-pyridylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(3-(pyridin-2-yl)-propionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenylbuty 1)]-1 - [cyclohexylmethyl]-2- [N - (methoxycarbony 1)- (L) - valy 1] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-buty 1] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N - (methoxycarbony 1)- (L) - valy 1] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(aminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(N,N-dimethylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valy 1] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methyl-aminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 -[cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-(methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-prolyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexy lmethy 1] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl) -(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(4-morpholinomethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-(4-chloromethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; and l-[2(S)-(3-carboxypropionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-(methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl]hydrazine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Most preferred of all are the compounds mentioned in the Examples and their salts. The compounds of formula I and salts of such compounds having at least one salt-forming group are obtained by means of processes known per se, for example as follows: a) a hydroxy compound of formula II -44- 25 o5 3 5 (id, wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I, is acylated with a carboxylic acid of formula III or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein R5 is as defined for compounds of formula I, free functional groups in the starting materials of formulae II and HI that are not to participate in the reaction being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or b) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein R9 is acyl, sulfo, or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals are as defined, an amino compound of formula wherein the radicals are as defined immediately above, is condensed with an acid of formula or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein R9' is as defined for R9 with the exception of hydrogen and unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or R5-H • m. (IV), R9'-OH (V), 25 0 5 -45- c) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein Rj is acyl, sulfo, or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals are as defined, an amino compound of formula wherein the radicals are as defined immediately above, is condensed with an acid of formula or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein R^ is as defined for Rj with the exception of hydrogen and unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or d) for the preparation of compounds of formula I wherein Rj and R9 are two identical radicals selected from acyl, sulfo, and sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals are as defined, a diamino compound of formula wherein the radicals are as defined immediately above, is condensed with an acid suitable for introducing the identical radicals R! and R9, or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein Rj and R9 are as defined immediately above, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or (vi), ri'-oh (vii), -46- 250535 e) for the preparation of a compound of formula I wherein in place of R7 there is a radical R7'' which is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, in a compound of formula I' wherein R7' is hydrogen and the remaining radicals are as defined, the radical R7" is introduced by substitution with a compound of formula XII wherein X is a leaving group and R7" is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being optionally in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or f) in a compound of formula I wherein the substituents are as defined above with the proviso that in the compound of formula I in question at least one functional group is protected by protecting groups, the protecting groups present are removed, and, if desired, a compound of formula I obtainable in accordance with any one of processes a) to f) above having at least one salt-forming group is converted into its salt or an obtainable salt is converted into the free compound or into a different salt and/or any isomeric mixtures that are obtainable are separated and/or a compound of formula I according to the invention is converted into a different compound of formula I according to the invention. The said processes are described in detail below; unless otherwise indicated, the radicals Rj, R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7, Rg and R9 are as defined for compounds of formula I: Process a) (Acylation of a hydroxy group) R7"-X (XII) The acylation of the hydroxy group is effected, for example, in a manner known per se using an acid of formula III wherein R5 is as defined with the exception of aminocarbonyl- 25 0 5 -47- oxy and the radical of an N-substituted carbamic acid bonded via its aminocarbonyloxy group, or using a reactive derivative thereof. A suitable reactive derivative is, for example, a carboxylic acid of formula IX R5'-Zi (IX), wherein R5' is one of the acyl radicals occurring in acyloxy, as defined above, and wherein Zx is reactively activated hydroxy (the compound of formula IX thus contains, instead of a hydroxy function bonded to the carbonyl group, reactively activated hydroxy, preferably as defined below). The free carboxylic acid of formula HI can be activated, for example, by strong acids, such as a hydrohalic, sulfuric, sulfonic or carboxylic acid, or by acidic ion exchangers, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic or hydriodic acid, sulfuric acid, an unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-substituted, alkanecarboxylic acid, or by an acid of formula IH, preferably using an excess of the acid of formula HI, if necessary with the bonding of resulting water of reaction by water-binding agents, with removal of the water of reaction by azeotropic distillation or with extractive esterification, by acid anhydrides, especially inorganic acid anhydrides, or more especially organic acid anhydrides, for example carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanecarboxylic acid anhydrides (with the exception of formic acid anhydride), for example acetic anhydride, or by suitable activating or coupling reagents of the type listed below, especially also in situ. R5'-Z! may especially also be a carboxylic acid azide (Zx = azido; obtainable, for example, by reaction of a corresponding acid ester via the corresponding hydrazide and treatment thereof with nitrous acid); a carboxylic acid halide (Zj = halogen, especially chlorine or bromine), especially an acid chloride or bromide, obtainable, for example, by reaction with organic acid halides, especially with oxalyl dihalides, such as oxalyl dichloride, or with inorganic acid halides, for example with acid halides of phosphorus or sulfur, such as phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus tribromide, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus pentabromide, phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus oxybromide, thionyl chloride or thionyl bromide, or especially under mild conditions with tetra-lower alkyl-a-halo-enamines, for example tetramethyl-a-halo-enamines, especially 1-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-l-propenamine (preferably by reaction in inert solvents, especially chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, or ethers, such as diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, at preferred temperatures of from -78 to 50°C, especially from -60 to 30°C, for example from -10°C to room temperature (cf. Devos, A., et al., J. C. S. Chem. Commun. 1979, 1180-1181, and Haveaux, B., et al., Org. Synth. 59, 26 (1980)), it being possible for the resulting acid halide, for example the acid chloride of 25 0 5 -48- formula IX wherein Zl is chlorine, also to be used further in situ, for example by reaction with the compound of formula II in the presence of tertiary nitrogen bases, such as pyridine and/or dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, which is preferably added in catalytic amounts), at preferred temperatures of from -20 to 50°C, especially from 0°C to room temperature); an activated ester wherein Zj is the radical of an alcohol having electron-attracting substituents, especially cyanomethoxy or aryloxy wherein aryl is preferably phenyl or naphthyl that is mono- or poly-substituted by halogen, nitro and/or by cyano, for example nitrophenoxy, such as 4-nitrophenoxy or 2,4-dinitrophenoxy, or poly-halo-phenoxy, such as pentachlorophenoxy; or a symmetrical or, preferably, asymmetrical acid anhydride which can be obtained, for example, by the action of a salt, for example an alkali metal salt, of an acid of formula in or its reaction partner, preferably a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, such as acetic acid, such as the sodium or potassium salt, on a complementary acid halide, especially, in the case of the reaction of a salt of a carboxylic acid of formula 1H, a carboxylic acid halide, for example chloride, such as acetyl chloride, and, in the case of the reaction of a carboxylic acid halide of formula IX wherein is halogen, for example chlorine or bromine, with a salt of a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, especially sodium or potassium acetate. There may be used as activating and coupling reagents for activating carboxylic acids of formula DI in situ especially carbodiimides, for example N,N'-di-C1-C4alkyl- or N,N'-di-C5-C7cycloalkyl-carbodiimide, such as diiso-propylcarbodiimide or N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously with the addition of an activating catalyst, such as N-hydroxysuccinimide or unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-, C1-C7alkyl- or C1-C7alkoxy-substituted, N-hydroxy-benzotriazole or N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxamide, C1-C4alkylhaloformate, for example isobutyl chloroformate, suitable carbonyl compounds, for example N,N-carbonyldiimid-azole, suitable 1,2-oxazolium compounds, for example 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-l,2-oxazolium 3'-sulfonate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methyl-isoxazolium perchlorate, suitable acylamino compounds, for example 2-ethoxy-l-ethoxycarbonyl-l,2-dihydroquinoline, or suitable phosphoryl cyanamides or azides, for example diethylphosphoryl cyanamide or diphenyl-phosphoryl azide, also triphenylphosphine disulfide or l-C^Qalkyl-2-halopyridinium halides, for example l-methyl-2-chloropyridinium iodide. If in the compound of formula HI two free carboxy groups are present, for example in carboxy-lower alkanoic acids, such as 3-carboxypropanoic acid, there may also be present as activated acid derivative an internal anhydride, for example a succinic anhydride. Zl is preferably halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, and acyloxy, for example lower -49- 25 0 5 35 alkanoyloxy, such as acetoxy. i For the specific case of the introduction of an acyl radical of a semiester of carbonic acid linked via its carbonyl group to the bonding oxygen atom there are suitable especially the compounds of formula IX wherein Zj is halogen, such as chlorine, which can be prepared, for example, by reaction of the complementary alcohols, for example unsubstituted or substituted alkyl alcohols, aryl-lower alkyl alcohols or heterocyclyl-lower alkyl alcohols, as defined in the definition of unsubstituted or substituted alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy or heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy R5, with phosgene or with analogues thereof that contain other halogen atoms, especially bromine, instead of chlorine, preferably in the presence of tertiary nitrogen bases, such as pyridine or triethyl-amine, and in inert solvents, for example chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, ethers, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, or carboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide. Also suitable are corresponding N-carbonyl azolides of formula IX (Zj = an N-containing heterocycle, such as 1-imidazo-lido) which are obtained, for example, by reaction with the corresponding N,N'-carbonyl diazolides, such as N,N'-carbonyl diimidazole, under conditions such as those just described for phosgene and analogues with other halogen atoms. The reaction of compounds of formula II with corresponding compounds of formula IX then likewise takes place under those conditions (cf. Staab, H. A., Angew. Chemie 74, 407 (1962)). For the specific case of the introduction of aminocarbonyloxy R5 or of an N-substituted aminocarbonyloxy group R5 there is suitable as activated acid derivative especially the corresponding isocyanate of formula IX' Q-N=C=0 (IX') wherein Q is an amino-protecting group, for example trihaloacetyl, such as trifluoro- or trichloro-acetyl, or one of the unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl radicals or aryl radicals mentioned above in the definition of aminocarbonyloxy R5 wherein the amino group carries 1 or 2 substituents, it being possible, when Q is an amino-protecting group, to obtain after the reaction with the compound of formula II the corresponding compound of formula I wherein R5 is free aminocarbonyloxy by removal of the protecting group Q as described below for the freeing of amino protected by acyl, especially by acid hydrolysis, or, when Q is one of the mentioned substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl radicals or aryl radicals, a corresponding compound of formula I having aminocarbonyloxy R5 mono- 25 c 5 35 -50- substituted at the nitrogen atom. Both aminocarbonyloxy and N-mono-substituted aminocarbonyloxy R5 can be converted into N-disubstituted aminocarbonyloxy by alkylation with a further unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl radical using suitable starting materials and conditions analogous to those described below in the "Additional Process Steps". The reactions can be carried out under reaction conditions known per se, at customary temperatures, in the presence or, especially when lower alkanoyl anhydrides are used to activate the carboxylic acid of formula ID, in the absence of inert solvents or diluents, for example in acid amides, for example carboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide or l,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(lH)-pyrimidinone (DMPU), or amides of inorganic acids, such as hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, ethers, for example cyclic ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, or acyclic ethers, such as diethyl ether or ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as halo-lower alkanes, for example methylene chloride or chloroform, ketones, such as acetone, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, acid anhydrides, such as acetic anhydride, esters, such as ethyl acetate, bisalkane sulfines, such as dimethyl sulfoxide, nitrogen heterocycles, such as pyridine, or mixtures of those solvents, especially in anhydrous solvents or solvent mixtures, it being possible to select for the above-mentioned reactions the particular solvents that are suitable in each case, there being used, as appropriate and expedient, salts of the compounds used, especially metal salts of carboxylic acids that are used, such as the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium or potassium salts, in the absence or the presence of catalysts, such as dimethylaminopyridine, condensation agents or neutralising agents, such as tertiary nitrogen bases, for example pyridine, triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, dimethylaminopyridine or ethyl diisopropylamine, and, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or the reactants, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, under normal pressure or under elevated pressure, for example at the pressure produced in the reaction mixture under the reaction conditions in a closed tube, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere. Preference is given to reaction conditions that are mentioned specifically in any particular case or, especially, that are analogous to those mentioned in the Examples. The course of the reaction is advantageously monitored using customary methods of analysis, especially using thin-layer chromatography. It is possible to select from those reaction conditions those that are suitable for each of the reactions described in this text, reaction conditions that are specifically mentioned being especially preferred. 250535 -51 - The reaction according to the invention is preferably carried out under mild conditions, especially at temperatures of from -10°C to 60°C, for example from 0°C to room temperature or at slightly elevated temperatures up to about 50°C, for example approximately from 0°C to room temperature. Both in the case of the reaction with a carboxylic acid halide of formula IX wherein Zx is halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, and in the case of the reaction with an anhydride, especially a symmetrical anhydride (Z1 = O-R5'), the corresponding compound of formula IX (halide and R5'-0-R5', respectively) is used especially in an approximately equimolar amount in relation to the compound of formula II or in excess, for example from 0.95 to 10 times the molar amount. Preferred as compounds of formula II for Process a) are the starting compounds of formula wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I, and the salts of the mentioned compounds where salt-forming groups are present. Functional groups in starting materials the reaction of which is to be avoided, especially carboxy, amino, hydroxy, mercapto and sulfo groups, can be protected by suitable protecting groups (conventional protecting groups) which are customarily used in the synthesis of peptide compounds, and also in the synthesis of cephalosporins and penicillins as well as nucleic acid derivatives and sugars. Those protecting groups may already be present in the precursors and are intended to protect the functional groups in question against undesired secondary reactions, such as acylation, etherification, esterification, oxidation, solvolysis, etc.. In certain cases the protecting groups can additionally cause the reactions to proceed selectively, for example stereoselectively. It is characteristic of protecting groups that they can be removed easily, i.e. without undesired secondary reactions taking place, for example by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis, and also enzymatically, for example also under physiological conditions, and, especially, that they are not present in the end products. The protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups them- 25 0 5 3 -52- selves and the reactions for their removal are described, for example, in standard works such as J. F. W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in Th. W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York 1981, in "The Peptides", Volume 3 (E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, eds.), Academic Press, London and New York 1981, in "Methoden der organischen Chemie", Houben-Weyl, 4th edition, Volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, in H.-D. Jakubke andH. Jescheit, "Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine" ("Amino acids, peptides, proteins"), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfield Beach and Basle 1982, and in Jochen Lehmann, "Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate" ("The Chemistry of Carbohydrates: monosaccharides and derivatives"), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974. A carboxy group is protected, for example, in the form of an ester group which can be cleaved selectively under mild conditions. A carboxy group protected in esterified form is esterified especially by a lower alkyl group that is preferably branched in the 1-position of the lower alkyl group or substituted in the 1- or 2-position of the lower alkyl group by suitable substituents. A protected carboxy group esterified by a lower alkyl group is, for example, methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl. A protected carboxy group esterified by a lower alkyl group that is branched in the 1-position of the lower alkyl group is, for example, tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example tert-butoxycarbonyl. A protected carboxy group esterified by a lower alkyl group that is substituted in the 1- or 2-position of the lower alkyl group by suitable substituents is, for example, arylmethoxy-carbonyl having one or two aryl radicals, wherein aryl is phenyl that is unsubstituted or mono-, di- or tri-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, for example tert-lower alkyl, such as tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, hydroxy, halogen, for example chlorine, and/or by nitro, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl substituted by the mentioned substituents, for example 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl or 4-methoxy-benzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl or diphenylmethoxycarbonyl substituted by the mentioned substituents, for example di(4-methoxyphenyl)methoxycarbonyl, and also carboxy esterified by a lower alkyl group, the lower alkyl group being substituted in the 1-or 2-position by suitable substituents, such as l-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for 250 53 -53 - example methoxymethoxycarbonyl, 1-methoxyethoxycarbonyl or 1-ethoxyethoxy-carbonyl, l-lower alkylthio-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example 1-methylthiomethoxy-carbonyl or 1-ethylthioethoxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl wherein the aroyl group is benzoyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, such as bromine, for example phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example 2,2,2-trichloro-ethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, as well as 2-(tri-substi-tuted silyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein the substituents are each independently of the others an aliphatic, araliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl, halogen and/or by nitro, for example lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted as above, for example 2-tri-lower alkylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tri-lower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl, for example 2-trimethyl-silylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl, or 2-triarylsilylethoxy-carbonyl, such as triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl. A carboxy group may also be protected in the form of an organic silyloxycarbonyl group. An organic silyloxycarbonyl group is, for example, a tri-lower alkylsilyloxycarbonyl group, for example trimethylsilyloxycarbonyl. The silicon atom of the silyloxycarbonyl group can also be substituted by two lower alkyl groups, for example methyl groups, and by the amino group or the carboxy group of a second molecule of formula I. Compounds having such protecting groups can be prepared, for example, using dimethylchlorosilane as silylating agent. A protected carboxy group is preferably tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example tert-but-oxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or diphenylmethoxycarbonyl. A protected amino group may be protected by an amino-protecting group, for example in the form of an acylamino, arylmethylamino, etherified mercaptoamino, 2-acyl-lower alk-l-enylamino or silylamino group or in the form of an azido group. In a corresponding acylamino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl radical of an organic carboxylic acid having, for example, up to 18 carbon atoms, especially an unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo- or aryl-substituted, lower alkanecarboxylic acid or an unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-, lower alkoxy- or nitro-substituted, benzoic acid, or, preferably, of a carbonic acid semiester. Such acyl groups are, for example, 250 5 3 -54- lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl or pivaloyl, halo-lower alkanoyl, for example 2-haloacetyl, such as 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2,2,2-tri-chloro-acetyl, unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-, lower alkoxy- or nitro-substituted, benzoyl, such as benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-methoxybenzoyl or 4-nitro-benzoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, preferably lower alkoxycarbonyl that is branched in the 1-position of the lower alkyl radical or suitably substituted in the 1- or 2-position, for example tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, arylmethoxycarbonyl having one, two or three aryl radicals which are phenyl that is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, especially tert-lower alkyl, such as tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, hydroxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or by nitro, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or di(4-methoxyphenyl)methoxycarbonyl, aroyl-methoxycarbonyl wherein the aroyl group is preferably benzoyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, such as bromine, for example phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxy-carbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, 2-(tri-substituted silyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example 2-tri-lower alkylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxy-carbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl, or triarylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example 2-triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl. In an arylmethylamino group, for example a mono-, di- or especially tri-arylmethylamino group, the aryl radicals are especially unsubstituted or substituted phenyl radicals. Such groups are, for example, benzyl-, diphenylmethyl- or especially trityl-amino. In an etherified mercaptoamino group the mercapto group is especially in the form of substituted arylthio or aryl-lower alkylthio, wherein aryl is, for example, phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or by nitro, for example 4-nitrophenylthio. In a 2-acyl-lower alk-l-enyl radical that can be used as an amino-protecting group, acyl is, for example, the corresponding radical of a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, of a benzoic acid that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or by nitro, or especially of a carbonic acid semiester, such as a carbonic acid lower alkyl semiester. Corresponding protecting groups are especially l-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-l-en-2-yl, for -55 - 250535 example l-lower alkanoylprop-l-en-2-yl, such as l-acetylprop-l-en-2-yl, or lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alk-l-en-2-yl, for example lower alkoxycarbonylprop-l-en-2-yl, such as 1 -ethoxycarbonylprop-1 -en-2-yl. A silylamino group is, for example, a tri-lower alkylsilylamino group, for example trimethylsilylamino or tert-butyl-dimethylsilylamino. The silicon atom of the silylamino group can also be substituted by only two lower alkyl groups, for example methyl groups, and by the amino group or carboxy group of a second molecule of formula I. Compounds having such protecting groups can be prepared, for example, using the corresponding chlorosilanes, such as dimethylchlorosilane, as silylating agents. An amino group can also be protected by conversion into the protonated form; suitable corresponding anions are especially those of strong inorganic acids, such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or hydrohalic acids, for example the chlorine or bromine anion, or of organic sulfonic acids, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid. Preferred amino-protecting groups are lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, 2-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-l-en-2-yl and lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alk-l-en-2-yl. A hydroxy group can be protected, for example, by an acyl group, for example lower alkanoyl that is substituted by halogen, such as chlorine, such as 2,2-dichloroacetyl, or especially by an acyl radical of a carbonic acid semiester mentioned for protected amino groups. A preferred hydroxy-protecting group is, for example, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxy-carbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl or triphenylmethoxy-carbonyl. A hydroxy group can also be protected by tri-lower alkylsilyl, for example trimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl or tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl, a readily removable etherifying group, for example an alkyl group, such as tert-lower alkyl, for example tert-butyl, an oxa-or a thia-aliphatic or -cycloaliphatic, especially 2-oxa- or 2-thia-aliphatic or -cyclo-aliphatic, hydrocarbon radical, for example l-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl or l-lower alkyl-thio-lower alkyl, such as methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, methylthio-methyl, 1-methylthioethyl or 1-ethylthioethyl, or 2-oxa- or 2-thia-cycloalkyl having from 5 to 7 ring atoms, such as 2-tetrahydrofuryl or 2-tetrahydropyranyl, or a corresponding thia analogue, and also by 1-phenyl-lower alkyl, such as benzyl, diphenylmethyl or trityl, wherein the phenyl radicals can be substituted, for example, by halogen, for example chlorine, lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, and/or by nitro. 250 5 3 -56- Two hydroxy groups, especially adjacent hydroxy groups, occurring in a molecule, or a hydroxy group and an amino group that are adjacent to one another, can be protected, for example, by bivalent protecting groups, such as a methylene group that is preferably substituted, for example, by one or two lower alkyl radicals or by oxo, for example unsubstituted or substituted alkylidene, for example lower alkylidene, such as isopropyl-idene, cycloalkylidene, such as cyclohexylidene, a carbonyl group or benzylidene. A mercapto group, for example in cysteine, can be protected especially by S-alkylation with unsubstituted or substituted alkyl radicals, by silylation, by thioacetal formation, by S-acylation or by the formation of asymmetric disulfide groupings. Preferred mercapto-protecting groups are, for example, benzyl that is unsubstituted or substituted in the phenyl radical, for example by methoxy or by nitro, such as 4-methoxybenzyl, diphenylmethyl that is unsubstituted or substituted in the phenyl radical, for example by methoxy, such as di(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl, triphenylmethyl, pyridyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, benzylthiomethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, acylaminomethyl, such as acetamidomethyl, iso-butyrylacetamidomethyl or 2-chloroacetamidomethyl, benzoyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or alkyl-, especially lower alkyl-aminocaxbonyl, such as ethylaminocarbonyl, and also lower alkylthio, such as S-ethylthio or S-tert-butylthio, or S-sulfo. A sulfo group can be protected, for example, by lower alkyl, for example methyl or ethyl, by phenyl or in the form of a sulfonamide, for example in the form of an imidazolide. In the context of this Application, a protecting group, for example a carboxy-protecting group, is to be understood as being expressly also a polymeric carrier that is bonded in a readily removable manner to the functional group, for example the carboxy group, to be protected, for example a carrier suitable for the Merrifield synthesis. An example of such a suitable polymeric carrier is a polystyrene resin, weakly cross-linked by copolymerisa-tion with divinylbenzene, that carries bridge members suitable for reversible bonding. The freeing of protected groups is effected as appropriate by the methods described under Process f) (Removal of protecting groups). Process b) (Condensation to form an amide bond) In starting materials of formulae IV and V, functional groups, with the exception of the -57 - 25053 groups that are intended to participate in the reaction or that do not react under the reaction conditions, are protected each independently of the others by one of the protecting groups mentioned under Process a). The acids of formula V contain a free carboxy or sulfo group or reactive derivatives thereof, with the result that reactive acid derivatives of the compounds of formula V may also be present, for example the derived activated esters or reactive anhydrides, and also reactive cyclic amides. The reactive acid derivatives can also be formed in situ. Activated esters of carboxylic acids of formula V are especially esters unsaturated at the linking carbon atom of the esterifying radical, for example of the vinyl ester type, such as vinyl esters (obtainable, for example, by transesterification of a corresponding ester with vinyl acetate; activated vinyl ester method), carbamoyl esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with an isoxazolium reagent; 1,2-oxazolium or Woodward method), or l-lower alkoxyvinyl esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with a lower alkoxyacetylene; ethoxyacetylene method), or esters of the amidino type, such as N,N'-disubstituted amidino esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with a suitable N,N'-disubstituted carbo-diimide, for example N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; carbodiimide method), or N,N-disubstituted amidino esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with an N,N-disubstituted cyanamide; cyanamide method), suitable aryl esters, especially phenyl esters suitably substituted by electron-attracting substituents (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with a suitably substituted phenol, for example 4-nitrophenol, 4-methylsulfonylphenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-phenol, 2,3,4,5,6-pentachlorophenol or 4-phenyldiazophenol, in the presence of a condensation agent, such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; activated aryl esters method), cyanomethyl esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base; cyanomethyl esters method), thioesters, especially unsubstituted or substituted, for example nitro-substituted, phenyl-thio esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with . unsubstituted or substituted, for example nitro-substituted, thiophenols, inter alia by the anhydride or carbodiimide method; activated thiol esters method), or especially amino or amido esters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with an N-hydroxyamino or N-hydroxyamido compound, for example N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxypiperidine, N-hydroxyphthalimide, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid imide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole or 3-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-l,2,3-benzotriazin-4-one, 25 0 5 -58- for example by the anhydride or carbodiimide method; activated N-hydroxy esters method). Internal esters, for example y-lactones, can also be used. Anhydrides of carboxylic acids of formula V may be symmetric or preferably mixed anhydrides of those acids, for example anhydrides with inorganic acids, such as acid halides, especially acid chlorides (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosgene, 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethyl-l-propenamine (reaction conditions mentioned under Process a)) or oxalyl chloride; acid chloride method), azides (obtainable, for example, from a corresponding acid ester via the corresponding hydrazide and treatment thereof with nitrous acid; azide method), anhydrides with carbonic acid semiesters, for example carbonic acid lower alkyl semiesters (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with chloroformic acid lower alkyl esters or with a l-lower alkoxycarbonyl-2-lower alkoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline; mixed O-alkylcarbonic acid anhydrides method), or anhydrides with dihalogenated, especially dichlorinated, phosphoric acid (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with phosphorus oxychloride; phosphorus oxychloride method), anhydrides with other phosphoric acid derivatives (for example those obtainable with phenyl-N-phenylphosphoramidochloridate or by reaction of alkyl-phosphoric acid amides in the presence of sulfonic acid anhydrides and/or racemisation-reducing additives, such as N-hydroxybenzotriazole, or in the presence of cyanophos-phonic acid diethyl ester) or with phosphorous acid derivatives, or anhydrides with organic acids, such as mixed anhydrides with organic carboxylic acids (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with an unsubstituted or substituted lower alkane- or phenyl-lower alkane-carboxylic acid halide, for example phenylacetic acid chloride, pivalic acid chloride or trifluoroacetic acid chloride; mixed carboxylic acid anhydrides method) or with organic sulfonic acids (obtainable, for example, by treatment of a salt, such as an alkali metal salt, of the corresponding acid with a suitable organic sulfonic acid halide, such as lower alkane- or aryl-, for example methane- or p-toluene-sulfonic acid chloride; mixed sulfonic acid anhydrides method) and symmetric anhydrides (obtainable, for example, by condensation of the corresponding acid in the presence of a carbodiimide or 1-diethylaminopropyne; symmetric anhydrides method). Suitable cyclic amides of carboxylic acids of formula IV are especially amides having five-membered diazacycles of aromatic character, such as amides with imidazoles, for example imidazole (obtainable, for example, by treatment of the corresponding acid with N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole; imidazole method), orpyrazole, for example 3,5-dimethyl- 25 0 -59- pyrazole (obtainable, for example, via the acid hydrazide by treatment with acetylacetone; pyrazolide method). As mentioned, derivatives of carboxylic acids of formula V that are used as acylating agents can also be formed in situ. For example, N,N'-disubstituted amidino esters can be formed in situ by reacting a mixture of the starting material of formula V and the acid used as acylating agent, in the presence of a suitable N,N'-disubstituted carbodiimide, for example N,N'-cyclohexylcarbodiimide. In addition, amino or amido esters of the acids used as acylating agents can be formed in the presence of the starting material of formula IV to be acylated, by reacting a mixture of the coiresponding acid and amino starting materials in the presence of an N,N'-disubstituted carbodiimide, for example N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and of an N-hydroxyamine or N-hydroxy amide, for example N-hydroxysuccinimide, where appropriate in the presence of a suitable base, for example 4-dimethylamino-pyridine. Moreover, activation in situ can be achieved by reaction with N,N,N',N'-tetraalkyluronium compounds, such as O-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 0-(l,2-dihydro-2-oxo-l-pyridyl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate or 0-(3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-l,2,3-benzo-triazolin-3-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate. Finally, phosphoric acid anhydrides of the carboxylic acids of formula V can be prepared in situ by reacting an alkylphosphoric acid amide, such as hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, in the presence of a sulfonic acid anhydride, such as 4-toluenesulfonic acid anhydride, with a salt, such as a tetrafluoroborate, for example sodium tetrafluoroborate, or with another derivative of hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, such as benzotriazol-l-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluoride, preferably in the presence of a racemisation-reducing additive, such as N-hydroxybenzotriazole. In an analogous manner, many of the reaction types listed above for carboxylic acids of formula V can also be carried out for compounds of formula V having a terminal sulfonyl group in the condensation with compounds of formula IV to form sulfonamides. For example, it is possible to use activated sulfonic acid esters, for example the corresponding aryl esters, such as phenyl esters, especially those substituted by nitro groups, it being possible for the amine component of formula IV also to be used in the form of an alkali metal amide, for example an alkali metal arylamide, such as sodium anilineamide, or an alkali metal salt of nitrogen-containing heterocycles, for example potassium pyrrolide. 250 5 3 -60- It is also possible to use reactive anhydrides, such as the corresponding symmetric acid anhydrides (which can be prepared, for example, by reaction of the alkylsulfonic acid silver salts with alkylsulfonyl chlorides) or, preferably, the corresponding asymmetric acid anhydrides, for example anhydrides with inorganic acids, such as sulfonyl halides, especially sulfonyl chlorides (obtainable, for example, by reaction of the corresponding sulfonic acids with inorganic acid chlorides, for example thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride), with organic carboxylic acids (obtainable, for example, by treatment of a sulfonic acid halide with the salt of a carboxylic acid, such as an alkali metal salt, analogously to the above-mentioned mixed sulfonic acid anhydrides method), or azides (obtainable, for example, from a corresponding sulfonic acid chloride and sodium azide or via the corresponding hydrazide and treatment thereof with nitrous acid analogously to the above-mentioned azide method). The amino group of compounds of formula IV that participates in the reaction preferably carries at least one reactive hydrogen atom, especially when the carboxy or sulfonyl group reacting therewith is present in reactive form; it may, however, itself have been derivatised, for example by reaction with a phosphite, such as diethylchlorophosphite, 1,2-phenylenechlorophosphite, ethyl dichlorophosphite, ethylenechlorophosphite or tetra-ethylpyrophosphite. A derivative of such a compound having an amino group is, for example, also a carbamic acid halide or an isocyanate, the amino group that participates in the reaction being substituted by halocarbonyl, for example chlorocarbonyl, or being modified in the form of an isocyanate group; in the latter case only compounds of formula I that carry a hydrogen atom at the nitrogen atom of the amide group formed by the reaction are obtainable (R8=H). Condensation to form an amide bond can be carried out in a manner known per se, for example as described in standard works such as "Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organ-ischen Chemie", 4th edition, Volume 15/n (1974), Volume IX (1955), Volume Ell (1985), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, "The Peptides" (E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, eds.), Volumes 1 and 2, Academic Press, London and New York, 1979/1980, or M. Bodansky, "Principles of Peptide Synthesis", Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1984. The condensation of a free carboxylic acid of formula V with the corresponding amine of formula IV can be carried out especially in the presence of one of the customary condensation agents, or using carboxylic acid anhydrides or carboxylic acid halides, such -61 - 250535 as chlorides, or activated carboxylic acid esters, such as p-nitrophenyl esters. Customary condensation agents are, for example, carbodiimides, for example diethyl-, dipropyl-, N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide or especially dicyclohexylcarbo-diimide, also suitable carbonyl compounds, for example N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole, 1,2-oxazolium compounds, for example 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-l,2-oxazolium 3'-sulfonate and 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate, or a suitable acylamino compound, for example 2-ethoxy-1 -ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, N,N,N' ,N' -tetraalkyluronium compounds, such as O-benzotriazol-1 -yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate, also activated phosphoric acid derivatives, for example diphenylphosphoryl azide, diethylphosphoryl cyanide, phenyl-N-phenylphosphoroamidochloridate, bis(2-oxo- 3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic acid chloride or l-benzotriazolyloxy-tris(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate. If desired, an organic base is added, preferably a tertiary amine, for example a tri-lower alkylamine having bulky radicals, such as ethyl diisopropylamine or triethylamine, and/or a heterocyclic base, for example 4-dimethylaminopyridine or preferably N-methylmorpho-line or pyridine. The condensation of activated esters, reactive anhydrides or reactive cyclic amides with the corresponding amines is customarily carried out in the presence of an organic base, for example simple tri-lower alkylamines, for example triethylamine or tributylamine, or one of the above-mentioned organic bases. If desired, a condensation agent is additionally used, for example as described for free carboxylic acids. The condensation of acid anhydrides with amines can be effected, for example, in the presence of inorganic carbonates, for example ammonium or alkali metal carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium carbonate or hydrogen carbonate (if desired together with a sulfate). Carboxylic acid chlorides, for example the chlorocarbonic acid derivatives derived from the acid of formula V, or sulfonic acid chlorides are condensed with the corresponding amines preferably in the presence of an organic amine, for example the above-mentioned tri-lower alkylamines or heterocyclic bases, where appropriate in the presence of a hydrogen sulfate. 25 0 5 35 -62- The condensation is preferably carried out in an inert, aprotic, preferably anhydrous, solvent or solvent mixture, for example in a carboxylic acid amide, for example formamide or dimethylformamide, a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example methylene chloride, carbon tetrachloride or chlorobenzene, a ketone, for example acetone, a cyclic ether, for example tetrahydrofuran, an ester, for example ethyl acetate, or a nitrile, for example acetonitrile, or in a mixture thereof, as appropriate at reduced or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from approximately -40°C to approximately +100°C, preferably from approximately -10°C to approximately +50°C, and in the case where arylsulfonyl esters are used also at approximately from +100°C to +200°C, and where appropriate under an inert gas atmosphere, for example a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. Aqueous, for example alcoholic, solvents, for example ethanol, or aromatic solvents, for example benzene or toluene, may also be used. When alkali metal hydroxides are present as bases, acetone can also be added where appropriate. The condensation can also be carried out in accordance with the technique known as solid phase synthesis which originates from R. Merrifield and is described, for example, in Angew. Chem. 97, 801 - 812 (1985), Naturwissenschaften 71, 252 - 258 (1984) or in R. A. Houghten, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82, 5131 - 5135 (1985). For the specific case of the introduction of a radical of a semiester of carbonic acid R9 there are suitable especially the compounds of formula V', RX-0-(C=0)-Z2 (V') wherein Rx is especially lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl, aryl-lower alkyl, heterocyclyl-lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl or (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkyl, as in the definition of acyl groups R9 of a semiester of carbonic acid, and wherein Z2 is halogen, such as chlorine, which can be prepared, for example, by reaction of the complementary alcohols, such as lower alkyl alcohols, halo-lower alkyl alcohols, aryl-lower alkyl alcohols, heterocyclyl-lower alkyl alcohols, lower alkenyl alcohols, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl alcohols or (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkyl alcohols, with phosgene or with analogues thereof that contain other halogen atoms, especially bromine, instead of chlorine, preferably in the presence of tertiary nitrogen bases, such as pyridine or triethylamine, and in inert solvents, for example chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as 250535 -63- methylene chloride or chloroform, ethers, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, or carboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide. Also suitable are corresponding N-carbonyl azolides of formula V' (Z2 = an N-containing heterocycle, such as 1-imidazolido) which are obtained, for example, by reaction with the corresponding N,N'-carbonyl diazolides, such as N,N'-carbonyl diimidazole, under conditions such as those just described for phosgene and analogues with other halogen atoms. The reaction of compounds of formula IV with corresponding compounds of formula V' then likewise takes place under those conditions (cf. Staab, H. A., Angew. Chemie 74, 407 (1962)). For the specific case of the introduction of a radical R9 of an unsubstituted or N-substituted carbamic acid, such as carbamoyl or unsubstituted or substituted N-alkyl-carbamoyl, there is suitable as activated acid derivative especially the corresponding isocyanate of formula V" W-N=C=0 (V") wherein W is an amino-protecting group, for example trihaloacetyl, such as trifluoro- or trichloro-acetyl, or one of the unsubstituted or substituted alkyl radicals mentioned above in the definition of acyl groups R9 of a substituted carbamic acid, it being possible, when W is an amino-protecting group, to obtain after the reaction with the compound of formula IV the corresponding compound of formula I wherein R9 is carbamoyl by removal of the protecting group W as described below for the freeing of protected amino, especially by acid hydrolysis, or, when W is one of the mentioned substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl radicals, a corresponding compound of formula I having amino-carbonyl R9 mono-substituted at the nitrogen atom. Both aminocarbonyl and N-mono-substituted aminocarbonyl R9 can be converted into N-disubstituted aminocarbonyl by alkylation with a further unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl radical using suitable starting materials under conditions analogous to those described below in the "Additional Process Steps". The reactions with the compounds of formulae V' and V" are effected under reaction conditions analogous to those mentioned for the reaction of compounds of formula IX and IX' with those of formula II under Process a). Depending on the starting compounds used, the radicals Rj and R9 in the obtainable compounds of formula I can be identical or different from one another. 250535 -64- The freeing of protected groups is effected where appropriate by the methods described under Process f) (Removal of protecting groups). Process c) (Formation of an amide bond) In starting materials of formulae VI and VII, functional groups, with the exception of the groups that are intended to participate in the reaction or that do not react under the reaction conditions, are protected each independently of the others by one of the protecting groups mentioned under Process a). The process is totally analogous to the process mentioned under Process b) except that instead of compounds of formula IV those of formula VI are used, and instead of compounds of formula V those of formula VII are used. Depending on the starting compounds used, the radicals Rj and R9 in the obtainable compounds of formula I can be identical or different from one another. In the reactions in Process b), and also in c) and d), in some cases the acyl radical in acyloxy R5 may migrate to the nitrogen atom to which R9 is to be linked; analogous secondary reactions are possible in Processes c) and d). The freeing of protected groups is effected where appropriate by the methods described under Process f) (Removal of protecting groups). Process d) (Formation of an amide bond) In starting materials of formula VIII and in the acid suitable for introducing the identical radicals Ri and R9', or the reactive derivatives thereof, functional groups that are not intended to participate in the reaction or that do not react under the reaction conditions are protected each independently of the others by one of the protecting groups mentioned under Process a). The acid suitable for introducing the identical radicals Rj and Rq is preferably an acid of formula V or VII, or it is present in the form of a reactive derivative of such an acid, as described above. -65- 250535 Preferred as starting compounds of formula VIII that may be protected by protecting groups are those which are described as being preferred in the section relating to starting compounds. The conditions for the process are analogous to those mentioned under Process b), except that instead of compounds of formula IV those of formula VIII are used, and instead of compounds of formula V those of formula V or VII are used. The freeing of protected groups is effected where appropriate by the methods described under Process f) (Removal of protecting groups). Process e) (Alkylation of a secondary nitrogen atom) In starting materials of formula I: and in the compound of formula XII suitable for introducing the radical R7", or the reactive derivatives thereof, functional groups that are not intended to participate in the reaction or that do not react under the reaction conditions are protected each independently of the others by one of the protecting groups mentioned under Process a). A leaving group X is especially a nucleofugal leaving group selected from hydroxy esterified by a strong inorganic or organic acid, such as hydroxy esterified by a mineral acid, for example a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid or hydriodic acid, or by a strong organic sulfonic acid, such as a lower alkanesulfonic acid that is unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, such as fluorine, or an aromatic sulfonic acid, for example a benzenesulfonic acid that is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, such as methyl, halogen, such as bromine, and/or by nitro, for example a methanesulfonic acid, p-bromotoluenesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid, and hydroxy esterified by hydrazoic acid. The substitution can take place under the conditions of a first-order or second-order nucleophilic substitution. For example, a compound of formula XII, especially a compound of formula XII wherein X is a leaving group having a high polarisability of the electron shell, for example iodine, can be used in a polar aprotic solvent, for example acetone, acetonitrile, nitromethane, -66- 250535 dimethyl sulfoxide or dimethylformamide. The reaction may alternatively be carried out in water to which, where appropriate, an organic solvent, for example ethanol, tetrahydro-furan or acetone, has been added as solubiliser. The substitution reaction is carried out at room temperature or at reduced or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from approximately -40° to approximately 100°C, preferably from approximately -10° to approximately 50°C, and where appropriate under an inert gas, for example under a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. The freeing of protected groups is effected where appropriate by the methods described under Process f) (Removal of protecting groups). Process f) (Removal of protecting groups) The removal of protecting groups that are not constituents of the desired end product of formula I, for example the carboxy-, amino-, hydroxy-, mercapto- and/or sulfo-protecting groups, is effected in a manner known per se, for example by means of solvolysis, especially hydrolysis, alcoholysis or acidolysis, or by means of reduction, especially hydrogenolysis or chemical reduction, as well as by photolysis, as appropriate stepwise or simultaneously, it being possible also to use enzymatic methods. The removal of the protecting groups is described, for example, in the standard works mentioned under Process a) in the section relating to protecting groups. For example, protected carboxy, for example tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted in the 2-position by a trisubstituted silyl group or in the 1-position by lower alkoxy or lower alkylthio, or unsubstituted or substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl can be converted into free carboxy by treatment with a suitable acid, such as formic acid, hydrogen chloride or trifluoroacetic acid, where appropriate with the addition of a nucleo-philic compound, such as phenol or anisole. Carboxy can also be freed from lower alkoxycarbonyl by means of bases, such as hydroxides, for example alkali metal hydroxides, such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide. Unsubstituted or substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can be freed, for example, by means of hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a metal hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst In addition, suitably substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, such as 4-nitro-benzyloxycarbonyl, can also be converted into free carboxy by reduction, for example by treatment with an alkali metal dithionite, such as sodium dithionite, or with a reducing metal, for example zinc, or a reducing metal salt, such as a chromium(II) salt, for example s 250535 -67- chromium(II) chloride, customarily in the presence of a hydrogen-yielding agent that, together with the metal, is capable of producing nascent hydrogen, such as an acid, especially a suitable carboxylic acid, such as an unsubstituted or substituted, for example hydroxy-substituted, lower alkanecarboxylic acid, for example acetic acid, formic acid, glycolic acid, diphenylglycolic acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, 4-chloromandelic acid or tartaric acid, or in the presence of an alcohol or thiol, water preferably being added. By treatment with a reducing metal or metal salt, as described above, 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl (where appropriate after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower alkoxycarbonyl group into a corresponding 2-iodo-lower alkoxycarbonyl group) or aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be converted into free carboxy. Aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming, reagent, such as sodium thio-phenolate or sodium iodide. 2-(tri-substituted silyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tri-lower alkylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, can also be converted into free carboxy by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid that yields the fluoride anion, such as an alkali metal fluoride, for example sodium or potassium fluoride, where appropriate in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("Crown ether"), or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetra-lower alkylammonium fluoride or tri-lower alkylaryl-lower alkylammonium fluoride, for example tetraethylammonium fluoride or tetrabutyl-ammonium fluoride, in the presence of an aprotic, polar solvent, such as dimethyl sulfoxide or N,N-dimethylacetamide. Carboxy protected in the form of organic silyloxycarbonyl, such as tri-lower alkylsilyloxycarbonyl, for example trimethylsilyloxycarbonyl, can be freed in customary manner by solvolysis, for example by treatment with water, an alcohol or an acid, or, furthermore, a fluoride, as described above. Esterified carboxy can also be freed enzymatically, for example by means of esterases or suitable peptidases, for example esterified arginine or lysine, such as lysine methyl ester, using trypsin. A protected amino group is freed in a manner known per se and, according to the nature of the protecting groups, in various ways, preferably by solvolysis or reduction. Lower alkoxycarbonylamino, such as tert-butoxycarbonylamino, can be cleaved in the presence of acids, for example mineral acids, for example a hydrogen halide, such as hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide, or sulfuric or phosphoric acid, preferably hydrogen chloride, or strong organic acids, such as trihaloacetic acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid, or formic acid, in polar solvents, such as water, or ethers, preferably cyclic ethers, such as dioxane; 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonylamino (where appropriate after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower alkoxycarbonylamino group into a 2-iodo-lower alkoxycarbonylamino group), or dissolved directly in a liquid organic carboxylic acid, such as formic acid, 25053 -68 - aroylmethoxycarbonylamino or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can be cleaved, for example, by treatment with a suitable reducing agent, such as zinc in the presence of a suitable carboxylic acid, such as aqueous acetic acid. Aroylmethoxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming, reagent, such as sodium thiophenolate, and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino also by treatment with an alkali metal dithionite, for example sodium dithionite. Unsubstituted or substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonylamino, tert-lower alkoxycarbonylamino or 2-(tri-substituted silyl)-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, such as 2-tri-lower alkylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, can be cleaved by treatment with a suitable acid, for example formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid; unsubstituted or substituted benzyloxycarbonylamino can be cleaved, for example, by means of hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst, such as a platinum or palladium catalyst; unsubstituted or substituted triarylmethylamino or formylamino can be cleaved, for example, by treatment with an acid, such as a mineral acid, for example hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid, for example formic, acetic or trifluoroacetic acid, where appropriate in the presence of water, and an amino group protected in the form of silylamino can be freed, for example, by means of hydrolysis or alcoholysis. An amino group protected by 2-haloacetyl, for example 2-chloroacetyl, can be freed by treatment with thiourea in the presence of a base, or with a thiolate salt, such as an alkali metal thiolate of thiourea, and subsequent solvolysis, such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis, of the resulting substitution product; and amino is freed from trifluoroacetylamino, for example, by hydrogenolysis with bases, such as alkali metal hydroxides or carbonates, such as Na2C03 or K2CO3, in polar solvents, for example alcohols, such as methanol, at temperatures of from 0 to 100°C, especially at from 40 to 80°C. An amino group protected by 2-(tri-substituted silyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as 2-tri-lower alkylsilyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, can also be converted into the free amino group by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid that yields fluoride anions as indicated above in connection with the freeing of a correspondingly protected carboxy group. Likewise, silyl, such as trimethylsilyl, bonded directly to a hetero atom, such as nitrogen, an be removed using fluoride ions. Amino protected in the form of an azido group is converted into free amino, for example, by reduction, for example by catalytic hydrogenation with hydrogen in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, such as platinum oxide, palladium or Raney nickel, by reduction using mercapto compounds, such as dithiothreitol or mercaptoethanol, or by treatment with zinc in the presence of an acid, such as acetic acid. The catalytic hydrogenation is preferably carried out in an inert solvent, such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example 250535 -69- methylene chloride, or in water or in a mixture of water and an organic solvent, such as an alcohol or dioxane, at approximately from 20°C to 25 °C, or with cooling or heating. A hydroxy or mercapto group protected by a suitable acyl group, a tri-lower alkylsilyl group or by unsubstituted or substituted 1-phenyl-lower alkyl is freed analogously to a correspondingly protected amino group. A hydroxy or mercapto group protected by 2,2-dichloroacetyl is freed, for example, by basic hydrolysis, and a hydroxy or mercapto group protected by tert-lower alkyl or by a 2-oxa- or 2-thia-aliphatic or -cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon radical is freed by acidolysis, for example by treatment with a mineral acid or a strong carboxylic acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid. Mercapto protected by pyridyl-diphenylmethyl can be freed, for example, using mercury(II) salts at pH 2-6 or by zinc/-acetic acid or by electrolytic reduction; acetamidomethyl and isobutyrylamidomethyl can be freed, for example, by reaction with mercury(II) salts at pH 2-6; 2-chloroacetamido-methyl can be freed, for example, using 1-piperidinothiocarboxamide; and S-ethylthio, S-tert-butylthio and S-sulfo can be freed, for example, by thiolysis with thiophenol, thio-glycolic acid, sodium thiophenolate or 1,4-dithiothreitol. Two hydroxy groups or an adjacent amino and hydroxy group which are protected together by means of a bivalent protecting group, preferably, for example, by a methylene group mono- or di-substituted by lower alkyl, such as lower alkylidene, for example isopropylidene, cycloalkylidene, for example cyclohexylidene, or benzylidene, can be freed by acid solvolysis, especially in the presence of a mineral acid or a strong organic acid. A tri-lower alkylsilyl group is likewise removed by acidolysis, for example by a mineral acid, preferably hydrofluoric acid, or a strong carboxylic acid. 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl is removed using the above-mentioned reducing agents, for example a reducing metal, such as zinc, reducing metal salts, such as chromium(II) salts, or using sulfur compounds, for example sodium dithionite or preferably sodium sulfide and carbon disulfide. A sulfo group protected in the form of a sulfonic acid ester or sulfonamide is freed, for example, by acid hydrolysis, for example in the presence of a mineral acid, or preferably by basic hydrolysis, for example with alkali metal hydroxide or alkali metal carbonate, for example sodium carbonate. When several protected functional groups are present, if desired the protecting groups can be so selected that more than one such group can be removed simultaneously, for example by acidolysis, such as by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, or with hydrogen and a hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium-on-carbon catalyst. Conversely, the groups 2505 -70- can also be so selected that they cannot all be removed simultaneously, but rather in a desired sequence, the corresponding intermediates being obtained. Additional Process Steps In the additional process steps, which are optional, functional groups of the starting compounds that are not to take part in the reaction may be in unprotected or protected form, for example may be protected by one or more of the protecting groups mentioned above under Process a). The protecting groups may be retained in the end products or some or all of them may be removed according to one of the methods mentioned under Process f). Salts of compounds of formula I having at least one salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se. For example, salts of compounds of formula I having acid groups may be formed, for example, by treating the compounds with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of 2-ethyl-hexanoic acid, with organic alkali metal or alkaline earth metal compounds, such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or hydrogen carbonates, such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, with corresponding calcium compounds or with ammonia or a suitable organic amine, stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent preferably being used. Acid addition salts of compounds of formula I are obtained in customary manner, e.g. by treating the compounds with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent. Internal salts of compounds of formula I containing acid and basic salt-forming groups, e.g. a free carboxy group and a free amino group, may be formed, e.g. by the neutralisation of salts, such as acid addition salts, to the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or by treatment with ion exchangers. Salts can be converted in customary manner into the free compounds; metal and ammonium salts can be converted, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent. Stereoisomers mixtures, that is to say mixtures of diastereoisomers and/or enantiomers, such as, for example, racemic mixtures, can be separated in a manner known per se by suitable separating processes into the corresponding isomers. For example, mixtures of diastereoisomers can be separated into the individual diastereoisomers by fractional crystallisation, chromatography, solvent partition etc. Racemates can be separated from > 25 0 5? w vi -71 - one another, after conversion of the optical antipodes into diastereoisomers for example by reaction with optically active compounds, e.g. optically active acids or bases, by chromatography on column materials covered with optically active compounds or by enzymatic methods, e.g. by selective reaction of only one of the two enantiomers. This separation can be carried out either at the stage of one of the starting materials or with the compounds of formula I themselves. The configuration at individual chirality centres in a compound of formula I can be selectively reversed. For example, the configuration of asymmetric carbon atoms that carry nucleophilic substituents, such as amino or hydroxy, can be reversed by second-order nucleophilic substitution, optionally after conversion of the bonded nucleophilic substituent into a suitable nucleofugal leaving group and reaction with a reagent that introduces the original substituent. In a compound of formula I, an aryl radical present in R7 and/or R3, especially a phenyl radical, can be hydrogenated for example by catalytic hydrogenation, especially in the presence of heavy metal oxides, such as rhodium/platinum mixed oxides, for example with the Nishimura catalyst, preferably in a polar solvent, such as an alcohol, for example methanol or ethanol, at temperatures of from 0 to 80°C, especially from 10 to 40°C, and at a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 10 atm, preferably at approximately normal pressure. In a compound of formula I, a C3-C7alkenyl radical or C3-C7alkynyl radical present in Rx and/or R9, especially an allyl radical, for example in allyloxycarbonyl, can be hydrogenated, for example by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of metal, such as platinum or especially palladium, catalysts, which are free or, preferably, on a carrier, such as carbon or silica gel, especially in the presence of palladium on activated carbon, preferably in a polar solvent, such as a lower alkanol, for example methanol or ethanol, at temperatures of from 0 to 80°C, especially from 0 to 40°C, and under a hydrogen pressure of a maximum of 10 atm, preferably under approximately normal pressure. In an obtainable compound of formula I an amino or carboxamide group may be substituted or a carboxy group that is free or in reactive form may be esterified or amidated. The substitution of a carboxamide group or of another primary or secondary amino group, for example in order to introduce radicals such as unsubstituted or substituted alkyl Rj, R2, R8 and/or r9 into compounds of formula I in which at least one of these radicals is 2505 -72- hydrogen, to introduce unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, as defined for N-substituted aminocarbonyloxy R5, as a substituent at the nitrogen atom of aminocarbonyloxy R5, or to introduce unsubstituted or substituted alkyl as a substituent in unsubstituted or substituted N-alkyl- or N,N-dialkyl-carbamoyl R9 or Rj, is effected, for example, by alkylation with suitable starting materials. Suitable agents for alkylating a carboxamide group in a compound of formula I are, for example, diazo compounds, for example diazomethane. Diazomethane can be decomposed in an inert solvent, the free methylene formed reacting with the carboxamide group in the compound of formula I. The decomposition of diazomethane is carried out preferably catalytically, for example in the presence of a noble metal in finely divided form, such as copper, or a noble metal salt, for example copper(I) chloride or copper(II) sulfate. Further alkylating agents are selected from compounds of formulae wherein the radical X is a leaving group and Ri" and R9" have the definitions given for Rx or R9 with the exception of hydrogen, acyl, and sulfo that is unsubstituted or substituted as above and R2' and Rg' have the definitions given for R2 and Rg with the exception of hydrogen. A leaving group X is especially a nucleofugal leaving group selected from hydroxy esterified by a strong inorganic or organic acid, such as hydroxy esterified by a mineral acid, for example a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic or hydr-iodic acid, or by a strong organic sulfonic acid, such as an unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-substituted, such as fluoro-substituted, lower alkanesulfonic acid, or an aromatic sulfonic acid, for example a benzenesulfonic acid that is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, such as methyl, by halogen, such as bromine, and/or by nitro, for example a methanesulfonic, trimethanesulfonic or p-toluenesulfonic acid, and hydroxy esterified by hydrazoic acid. The reaction can be carried out under the conditions of a first-order or second-order nucleophilic substitution. rj"-x r2'-x r9"-x rg'-x (Xa), (Xb), (XIa) and (Xlb), -73 - 25 0 5 ?' h For example, one of the compounds of formulae Xa, Xb, XIa and Xlb can, especially when the radical X is a leaving group with a high polarisability of the electron shell, for example iodine, be used in a polar aprotic solvent, for example acetone, acetonitrile, nitro-methane, dimethyl sulfoxide or dimethylformamide. The reaction can also be canied out in water to which, where appropriate, an organic solvent, for example ethanol, tetrahydro-furan or acetone, has been added as solubiliser. The substitution reaction is carried out if desired at reduced or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range of from approximately -40° to approximately 100°C, preferably from approximately -10° to approximately 50°C, and if desired under an inert gas, for example under a nitrogen or argon atmosphere. For the esterification or amidation of a carboxy group in a compound of formula I, if desired the free acid can be used or the free acid can be converted into one of the above-mentioned reactive derivatives and reacted with an alcohol, with ammonia, or with a primary or secondary amine, or, in the case of esterification, the free acid or a reactive salt, for example the caesium salt, can be reacted with a reactive derivative of an alcohol. For example the caesium salt of a carboxylic acid can be reacted with a halide or sulfonic acid ester corresponding to the alcohol. The esterification of the carboxy group can also be carried out with other customary alkylating agents, for example with diazomethane, alkyl halides, sulfonic acid esters, Meerwein salts or 1-substituted 3-aryltriazenes. A free amino group present in a compound of formula I can be acylated, for example to introduce one of the radicals acyl, sulfo and substituted sulfonyl mentioned for or r9. The acylation is carried out according to one of the methods mentioned above under Process b), c) or d) for condensation or according to one of the methods mentioned for protecting groups or, for example, according to one of the processes mentioned in Organikum, 17th edition, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin (East) 1988. In an obtainable compound of formula I wherein the substituents are as defined and at least one free hydroxy group is present and the remaining functional groups are in protected form, the free hydroxy group can be acylated or etherified. The acylation can be carried out with suitable acylating reagents according to one of the methods mentioned under Processes a) to d) or according to one of the methods mentioned for protecting groups. -74- 25 0 5 ? v ^ The etherification can be carried out with the above-mentioned alkylating agents and under the same reaction conditions, for example with diazomethane, alkyl halides, sulfonic acid esters, Meerwein salts, 1-substituted 3-aryltriazenes, etc.. In an obtainable compound of formula I a sulfinyl or sulfonyl group can be produced from a thio group, and the corresponding sulfoxide or sulfone from a sulfide, by oxidation. The oxidation to the sulfonyl group or to the sulfone can be carried out with most of the customary oxidising agents. The oxidising agents used are preferably those that oxidise the thio group or the sulfide sulfur selectively in the presence of other functional groups of the compound of formula I in question, for example amino or hydroxy groups; examples of such oxidising agents are aromatic or aliphatic peroxycarboxylic acids, for example peroxybenzoic acid, monoperphthalic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, peracetic acid, performic acid or trifluoroperacetic acid. The oxidation with peroxycarboxylic acids is carried out in the customary solvents suitable therefor, for example chlorinated hydrocarbons, for example methylene chloride or chloroform, ethers, such as diethyl ether, esters, such as ethyl acetate or the like, at temperatures of from -78°C to room temperature, for example from -20°C to +10°C, preferably about 0°C. The peroxycarboxylic acid can also be formed in situ, for example with hydrogen peroxide in acetic acid or formic acid that may or may not contain acetic anhydride, for example with 30 % or 90 % hydrogen peroxide in acetic acid/acetic anhydride. Also suitable are other peroxo compounds, for example potassium peroxomonosulfate in lower alkanol/water mixtures, for example methanol/water or ethanol/water, or in aqueous acetic acid at temperatures of from -70°C to +30°C, for example from -20°C to room temperature, and also sodium metaperiodate in methanol or methanol/water mixtures at temperatures of from 0°C to 50°C, for example approximately room temperature. If stoichiometric amounts of the mentioned oxidising agents are used it is also possible for the corresponding sulfinic acids or sulfoxides to be obtained. There are suitable for that purpose, for example, sodium metaperiodate in methanol or methanol/water mixtures at temperatures of from -15°C to room temperature, for example approximately 0°C, m-chloroperbenzoic acid in methylene chloride, chloroform or ethyl acetate at temperatures of from -78°C to 10°C, preferably from -30°C to 0°C, also tert-butylhypochlorite in lower alkanols, for example methanol, or hydrogen peroxide in acetone or acetic acid at temperatures of approximately 0°C, or the above-mentioned potassium peroxomonosulfate at low temperatures. 25 0 5 -75 - If desired, the corresponding thio compound or the corresponding sulfide can be obtained by reducing a sulfonyl group or a sulfone radical in an obtainable compound of formula I, for example with diisobutylaluminium hydride in ether or tetrahydrofuran. In an obtainable compound of formula I having a sulfinyl group, that group can be reduced to a thio group. Selective reducing agents that leave other functional groups in the compound of formula I, for example the amide function, unchanged are preferred. Examples of such selective reducing agents are dichloroborane, which is preferably used in tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxyethane at temperatures of from -30°C to +10°C, triphenyl-phosphine in boiling carbon tetrachloride, trichlorosilane or hexachlorodisilane, iron pentacarbonyl, also sodium hydrogen sulfite in aqueous/alcoholic solvents, for example water/methanol, water/ethanol or also water/tetrahydrofuran, at temperatures of from -10°C to +50°C, also sodium borohydride in the presence of cobalt(II) chloride or also hydrogen in the presence of catalytic amounts of palladium, for example palladium/carbon in boiling ethanol. In a compound of formula I, any protecting groups present or suitable radicals Rj or r9, i.e. especially those representing acyl, can be removed according to one of the processes mentioned under Process f), especially by hydrolysis, for example in the presence of bases, such as alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides, for example sodium hydroxide, or acids, such as organic acids or mineral acids, for example hydrogen halide, such as hydrogen chloride. The hydrolysis is carried out under customary conditions, for example in aqueous solution or in anhydrous solvents, especially in ethers, such as dioxane, at temperatures of from -50°C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixtures in question, for example from 0°C to 50°C, preferably in the presence of a protective gas, such as argon or nitrogen. Starting materials: The present invention relates also to novel starting materials and/or intermediates and to processes for their preparation. The starting materials used and the reaction conditions selected are preferably those that result in the compounds described as being preferred. Attention is drawn to the fact that in the case of starting compounds of formula IV, VI and Vm, the acyl radical of acyloxy R5 may migrate to a nitrogen atom; Processes b), c) and d) above should therefore be regarded as being subject to that reservation. Processes a), e) and f) and their starting compounds are preferred, especially Processes a) 250 5 76- and f). In the preparation of all starting materials free functional groups that are not to participate in the reaction in question may be in unprotected or protected form, for example they may be protected by the protecting groups mentioned above under Process a). Those protecting groups may be freed at appropriate times by the reaction described under Process f). The protecting groups are introduced, for example, as in the description of Process a). The hydroxy compounds of formula II used as starting materials, and other starting compounds, are obtained analogously to the processes described in the European Patent Application having the Publication No. EP 0 521 827 (published on 7th January 1993), preferably using the correspondingly substituted compounds, for example by adding a hydrazine derivative of formula I7 *N" I Rs -R9 (xm), wherein the radicals are as defined above, to an epoxide of formula r3 r4 (xiv), preferably of formula ri — n r3 (XIV A) wherein each of the radicals is as defined above, free functional groups, with the exception 25 Q 5 -77 - of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and removing any protecting groups present. When the compound of formula XIV A is used, the preferred starring materials of formula II' are obtained, as mentioned under Process a). Depending on the definition of R7, the amino group of the hydrazine derivative of formula Xm participating in the reaction has preferably at least one free hydrogen atom; it may, however, itself have been derivatised in order to increase the reactivity of the hydrazine derivative. The addition of the compounds of formula Xm to the epoxides (oxiranes) of formula XTV is effected preferably under the conditions customary for the addition of nucleophiles to epoxides. The addition is effected especially in aqueous solution and/or in the presence of polar solvents, such as alcohols, for example methanol, ethanol or ethylene glycol, ethers, such as dioxane, amides, such as dimethylformamide, or phenols, such as phenol, also under anhydrous conditions, in non-polar solvents, such as benzene or toluene, or in benzene/-water emulsions, where appropriate in the presence of acid or basic catalysts, for example alkaline solutions, such as sodium hydroxide solution, or in the presence of solid-phase catalysts treated with hydrazine, such as aluminium oxide, in ethers, for example diethyl ether, generally at temperatures of approximately from 0°C to the reflux temperature, preferably from 20°C to 130°C, where appropriate under reflux, under elevated pressure, for example in a bomb tube, it also being possible for the boiling temperature of the reaction mixture to be exceeded, and/or under an inert gas, such as nitrogen or argon, it being possible for each of the two compounds of formulae XHI and XTV to be present in excess, for example in a molar ratio of from 1:1 to 1:100, preferably in a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:10, especially in a ratio of 1:1 to 1:3. The starting materials of formulae XHI and XTV are known or, if novel, can be prepared according to processes known per se, for example compounds of formula XHI can be prepared from hydrazine or suitable derivatives thereof, and compounds of formula XTV can be prepared from suitable amino acids or analogues thereof, for example those having one of the mentioned side chains R3. The compounds of formula XIII can be obtained, for example, from hydrazine or suitable derivatives thereof of formula 250 5 -78- H2N-NH-Rn (XV) wherein Rn is hydrogen or an amino-protecting group, as described above under Process a), especially tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or one of the above-mentioned acyl amino-protecting groups by (in order to prepare via the subsequent steps a compound of formula I wherein in place of R7 there is the radical R7'' which is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl) alkylating with a compound of formula XII to introduce R7", as defined under Process e), under conditions as described under Process e), or introducing a radical R7 by reaction of a suitable carbonyl compound with the free amino group of the compound of formula XV or an acylated derivative thereof and subsequent reduction of the resulting hydrazone to form a hydrazine derivative of formula wherein the radicals in all of the mentioned compounds are as defined hereinbefore and functional groups in participating reagents that are not to take part in the reaction are, if desired, protected, and removing the protecting group Rn, unless it corresponds to one of the radicals R9 in compounds of formula I, and then introducing a radical R9 other than hydrogen, if desired by condensation under the conditions mentioned above for Process b) with an acid of formula V or by alkylation with a compound of formula XIa, as defined above, and/or introducing a radical Rg other than hydrogen by alkylation with a compound of formula Xlb, as defined above, under conditions analogous to those mentioned above for alkylation in the "Additional Process Steps". The carbonyl compounds suitable for the introduction of R7 that are used for the preparation of compounds of formula XVI are known aldehydes or ketones that can be prepared by processes known per se or are commercially available, the reactive carbonyl group of which is, after reaction with compounds of formula XV and subsequent reduction, a component of one of the mentioned radicals R7, preferably lower alkane aldehydes, cyclohexyl-lower alkane aldehydes or phenyl-lower alkane aldehydes. RrNH-NH-Ru (XVI), The reaction of those carbonyl compounds with the compounds of formula XVI to form the corresponding hydrazones is carried out under the conditions customary for the reaction of carbonyl compounds with amines, preferably in polar organic solvents, for °^535 -79- example ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether, alcohols, such as methanol or ethanol, carboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, or esters, such as ethyl acetate, or in aqueous solution, preferably in methanol, and also in the presence or absence of acid catalysts, for example carboxylic acids, such as formic acid or acetic acid, or sulfonic acids, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, at temperatures of from 0°C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture, preferably at temperatures of from 20°C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. The reduction of the resulting hydrazones is carried out preferably by hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable catalyst. Suitable catalysts used for the hydrogenation include metals, such as nickel, iron, cobalt or ruthenium, and noble metals and their oxides, such as palladium or rhodium and their oxides, where appropriate applied for example to a suitable support, such as barium sulfate, aluminium oxide or activated carbon, or in the form of skeleton catalysts, such as Raney nickel. Customary solvents for the catalytic hydrogenation are, for example, water, alcohols, such as methanol or ethanol, esters, such as ethyl acetate, ethers, such as dioxane, chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as dichloro-methane, carboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, or carboxylic acids, such as glacial acetic acid, or mixtures of those solvents. The hydrogenation is carried out at temperatures of from 10 to 250°C, preferably from room temperature to 100°C, and at hydrogen pressures of from 1 to 200 bar, preferably from 1 to 10 bar, in the customary apparatus. Especially preferred for the preparation of compounds of formula XV are reaction conditions analogous to those described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin 1,1712 (1975). The compounds of formula XIV can be obtained, for example, by the reduction of amino acids known per se that are commercially available or can be prepared by processes known per se, or their analogues, of formula cooh (XVII) wherein R10 is hydrogen or one of the amino-protecting groups mentioned under Process a), especially tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, aryl-lower *50 535 -80- alkoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or one of the acyl amino-protecting groups mentioned under that process, and R3 and R4 are as defined for compounds of formula I, preferably the reduction of amino acids of formula c10" -nh .cooh (XVH A), wherein the radicals are as defined, to aldehydes of formula rio—nh cho R4 (XVHD, wherein the radicals are as defined, preferably to the aldehydes of formula r10—nh cho (xvmA), r3 wherein the radicals are as defined (obtainable, for example, from compounds of formula XVII A), by reaction of those aldehydes with an ylide compound, preferably a sulfur-ylide compound, to form an epoxide of formula rlo-nh (XIX), wherein the radicals are as defined, preferably to compounds of formula -81 - h O RlO-NH (XIX A), (obtainable, for example, from compounds of formula XVIII A), wherein the radicals are as defined, removal of the protecting group Rjo> unless it corresponds to a radical Rx in compounds of formula I, and (to introduce Rj other than hydrogen) acylation of the amino group of the resulting compound with an acid of formula VII wherein Rj' is as defined, under the conditions described for Process b), or alkylation of the amino group of the resulting compound with a reagent having a nucleofugal leaving group X of formula Xa, wherein Rj11 is as defined, and/or (to introduce R2 other than hydrogen) by alkylation with a compound of formula Xb wherein R2' is as defined, under the conditions described for additional process steps, the compounds of formula XIV A preferably being obtained from a starting material of formula XIX A. The reduction of amino acids of formula XVII or XVIIA to the corresponding aldehydes XVUI and XVHIA is carried out, for example, by reduction to the corresponding alcohols and subsequent oxidation to the mentioned aldehydes. The reduction to the alcohols is carried out, for example, by hydrogenation of the amino acid halides or other activated carboxylic acid derivatives (for example with activated hydroxy analogously to compounds of formula IX, as defined under Process a)) under the conditions mentioned for the hydrogenation of hydrazones obtained from compounds of formula XVI, or with complex hydrides, such as sodium borohydride. The subsequent oxidation of the resulting alcohols is preferably carried out using oxidising agents that allow the aldehydes of formula XVUI or XVUI A to be obtained selectively (i.e. without further oxidation of the aldehydes to the carboxylic acids), for example using potassium ferrate (K2Fe04) in aqueous solvents or manganese dioxide in organic solvents, or organic chromic acid derivatives, such as pyridinium dichromate or tert-butyl chromate, in inert organic solvents, for example chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, in the presence or absence of basic amines, for example tri-lower alkylamines, such as triethylamine, at temperatures of from -50 to 100°C, preferably at from -10 to 50°C, for example as described in European Patent Application EP-A-0 236 734, or 25 0 5.3 -82- especially by oxidation of the hydroxy group with a sulfoxide, such as dimethyl sulfoxide, in the presence of a reagent that activates the hydroxy group, for example a carboxylic acid chloride, such as oxalyl chloride, in an inert solvent, for example a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, and/or an acyclic or cyclic ether, such as tetrahydrofuran, at from -80 to 0°C, for example from -78 to -50°C. Direct reduction of the amino acids to the aldehydes is also possible, for example by hydrogenation in the presence of a partially contaminated palladium catalyst or by reduction of the corresponding amino acid ester, for example the lower alkyl ester, such as ethyl ester, with complex hydrides, for example borohydrides, such as sodium borohydride, or preferably aluminium hydrides, for example lithium aluminium hydride, lithium tri(tert-butoxy)aluminium hydride or especially diisobutylaluminium hydride, in non-polar solvents, for example in hydrocarbons or aromatic solvents, such as toluene, at from -100 to 0°C, preferably from -70 to -30°C, and subsequent reaction to form the corresponding semicarbazones, for example with the corresponding acid salts of semicarbazones, such as semicarbazide hydrochloride, in aqueous solvent systems, such as alcohol/water, for example ethanol/water, at temperatures of from -20 to 60°C, preferably from 10 to 30°C, and reaction of the resulting semicarbazone with a reactive aldehyde, for example formaldehyde, in an inert solvent, for example a polar organic solvent, for example a carboxylic acid amide, such as dimethylformamide, at temperatures of from -30 to 60°C, preferably from 0 to 30°C, and then with an acid, for example a strong mineral acid, such as hydrogen halide, in aqueous solution, if desired in the presence of the previously used solvent, at temperatures of from -40 to 50°C, preferably from -10 to 30°C. The corresponding esters are obtained by reaction of the amino acids with the corresponding alcohols, for example ethanol, analogously to the conditions used in the acylation in Process a), for example by reaction with inorganic acid halides, such as thionyl chloride, in organic solvent mixtures, such as mixtures of aromatic and alcoholic solvents, for example toluene and ethanol, at temperatures of from -50 to 50°C, preferably from -10 to 20°C (if necessary using protecting groups). The preparation of compounds of formulae XVin and XVIIIA is carried out preferably under conditions analogous to the reaction conditions mentioned in J. Org. Chem. 47, 3016 (1982) or J. Org. Chem. 43, 3624 (1978). A sulfur-ylide suitable for the reaction of compounds of formula XVIII or XVIIIA to form the epoxides of formula XIX or XIX A is, for example, a dialkylsulfonium 25 0 5 3 -83 - methylide, for example dimethylsulfonium methylide, an alkyl- or phenyl-dialkylamino-sulfoxonium methylide, for example methyl- or phenyl-dimethylaminosulfoxonium methylide, or a dialkylsulfoxonium methylide, for example dimethyl- or diethyl-sulf-oxonium methylide. The sulfur-ylide compound in question is expediently prepared in situ from the corresponding sulfonium or sulfoxonium salt and a base, for example sodium hydride, in a dipolar aprotic solvent, for example dimethyl sulfoxide, or an ether, for example tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane, and then reacted with the compounds of formula XVTII or XVIII A. The reaction is normally carried out at room temperature, with cooling for example to -20°C, or with gentle heating for example to 40°C. The sulfide, sulfinamide or sulfoxide formed simultaneously is removed during the subsequent aqueous working-up. The reaction with a sulfur-ylide is preferably carried out analogously to the conditions mentioned in J. Org. Chem. 50, 4615 (1985). The compound of formula XIX (preferably XIX A) can also be obtained from a compound of formula XVIII (preferably XVIII A), as defined above, by reaction thereof with a tri-lower alkyl-silylmethyl-Grignard compound, for example prepared from the corresponding halo-methylsilane, such as chloromethyl-trimethylsilane, in an inert solvent, for example an ether, such as dioxane or diethyl ether, at temperatures of from 0 to 50°C, for example from room temperature to approximately 40°C, subsequent elimination with removal of the silyl radical and formation of a double bond, for example by means of a Lewis acid, such as BF3, an amino-protecting group R10 present preferably also being removed, in an inert solvent, for example an ether, such as diethyl ether, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof, at temperatures of from -50°C to the reflux temperature, especially from 0 to 30°C, if necessary acylation once more to introduce an amino-protecting group as R10, as defined above, and oxidation of the resulting double bond to the oxirane, preferably with a percarboxylic acid, for example m-chloroperbenzoic acid, in an inert solvent, for example a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as dichloromethane, at temperatures of from -20°C to the reflux temperature of the mixture, for example at from 10 to 30°C. The preferred starting material of formula II' in Process a), or a salt thereof, is prepared, for example, by adding a hydrazine derivative of the above-defined formula XVI to an 25 0 5 -84- epoxide of the above-defined formula XIV A, and if desired converting a compound of formula II' obtainable in accordance with the above process having at least one salt-forming group into its salt or converting an obtainable salt into the free compound or into a different salt and/or where appropriate separating obtainable isomeric mixtures and/or removing protecting groups present in a compound of formula II and/or converting a compound of formula 13 according to the invention into a different compound of formula II according to the invention. The preparation and conversion of salts, the separation of isomeric mixtures, the removal of protecting groups and the conversion of compounds of formula II' are effected analogously to the processes described above for compounds of formula I. The starting materials of Processes b), c) and d) can be prepared in accordance with processes known per se\ for example, analogously to Process a), if necessary with the use and removal of protecting groups, compounds of formula IV can be prepared from hydrazine derivatives of formula XIII wherein R9 is hydrogen and the remaining radicals are as defined for compounds of formula IV, and epoxides of formula XTV wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula IV, with subsequent acylation of the resulting compound of formula IV' no r6 especially of formula IV" r7 no R5 ^ .0 ' 25 0 5 3 -85- wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I and wherein instead of the radical R5 present in a compound of formula IV there is a free hydroxy group, with a carboxylic acid of formula in or an activated carboxylic acid derivative thereof, as described under Process a) (yields starting material of formula TV for Process b)); compounds of formula VI can be prepared from hydrazine derivatives of formula XIII wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula VI, and epoxides of formula XIV wherein Rx is hydrogen and the remaining radicals are as defined for compounds of formula VI, with subsequent acylation of the resulting compound of formula VI' wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I and instead of the radical R5 present in a compound of formula VI there is a free hydroxy group, with a carboxylic acid of formula HI or an activated carboxylic acid derivative thereof, as described under Process a) (yields starting material of formula VI for Process c)); and compounds of formula VIE can be prepared from hydrazine derivatives of formula XIII wherein R9 is hydrogen and the remaining radicals are as defined for compounds of formula VIII, and epoxides of formula XTV wherein Rj is hydrogen and the remaining radicals are as defined for compounds of formula IX, with subsequent acylation of the resulting compound of formula VIII' especially of formula VI" 25 0 5 ? -86- f ,n r7 «o r6 | h' (vnr), r3 r4 Rg especially of formula VIII" (vm-), wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I and wherein instead of the radical R5 present in a compound of formula IV there is a free hydroxy group, with a carboxylic acid of formula HI or an activated carboxylic acid derivative thereof, as described under Process a) (yields starting material of formula VIE for Process d)). In the mentioned preparation processes for the preparation of the preferred compounds of formula IV (via IV"), VI (via VI") and VIII (via VIII") wherein the carbon atoms carrying R3 and R5 are both in the (S)-configuration, preference is given to the use of the epoxides of formula XTV A. Compounds of formula I' wherein the substituents are as defined above, can be prepared, for example, from a compound of formula XDT h hn \ ^ <xm-), \ wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I, by reaction with a compound of formula XIV, especially XTV A (which results in the preferred compounds of formula I' wherein the carbon atoms carrying R3 and R5 are both in the ^-configuration), as described for the reaction of compounds of formula XHI with those of 87 - 25 0 5 35 formula XIV or XIV A, and subsequent acylation of the resulting compound of formula I" Rn *7' I HO R6 I /ycv" R3 R4 | especially of formula I'", on, R9 wherein the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I', with a compound of formula HI or an activated carboxylic acid derivative thereof (preparation of the radical acyloxy R5) under reaction conditions analogous to those described under Process a) (in that case there is to be used instead of the compound of formula II an analogous compound containing R7 instead of R7'); as in that case, any functional groups present that are not intended to participate in the reaction are where necessary in protected form and can be freed after the reaction. Of the starting compounds of formula II or IT, the compound of formula nh o \ an ch3 -88- 25053 is especially preferred. On the one hand, that compound is a preferred intermediate in Process a), but on the other it is itself a preferred compound according to the invention, since it has good pharmacological activity, especially on the basis of its unexpectedly good activity in the cell test described above, which indicates that it will be highly effective in vivo. Further compounds of formula II according to the invention which have advantageous pharmacological properties (especially those described in the introduction) and to which the present Application therefore preferably relates are given below (the present invention also relates to the corresponding processes for the preparation of those compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising those compounds, to those compounds for use in a therapeutic method for the treatment of the human or animal body and to the use of those compounds in the therapeutic treatment of the human or animal body or in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions, in each case analogously to the corresponding aspects of the invention relating to compounds of formula I; the same applies to compounds of formula IT'): Preference is given to compounds of formula II wherein Ri is quinolin-2-yl-carbonyl-(L)-asparaginyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, 4-lower alkoxyphenylmethyl or 4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl, R4 is hydrogen, R6 is hydrogen, R7 is phenylmethyl, 4-lower alkoxyphenylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl, Rg is hydrogen and R9 is lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, lower alkanoyl-(L)-valyl, benzylamino-carbonyl or C3-C7alkenyloxycarbonyl, or also lower alkoxycarbonyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, more especially to one of those compounds of formula II selected from the compounds having the names: l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred), 1 - [2(S )-hy droxy-3 (S)- (N - (quinoline-2-carbony 1)- (L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxy-carbonyl]hydrazine, 3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexyl-methyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred), 250 5 -89- l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [cyclohexylmethyl]-2- [3,3-dimethylbutyryl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butylamino-carbonyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [benzylamino-carbony 1] hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-ethoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially peferred), 1 - [2(S )-hydroxy- 3(S )-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-benzyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [benzy l]-2- [N-allyloxy-carbonyl)- (L)-valyl] hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valy 1] hydrazine (especially preferred), l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-benzyloxy-carbonyl)- (L)-valyl] hydrazine (especially preferred), l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)-amino-4-phenyl-buty 1] -1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-allyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine (especially preferred), l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-methoxy- phenyl)-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-methoxy- phenyl)-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-benzyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-benzyloxy- phenyl)-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-benzyloxy- phenyl)-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-allyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-allyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- -90- 1 - [4-benzy loxypheny lmethyl] -2- [N-ally loxy-c arbonyl) - (L)-valyl] hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl- l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxy-carbonyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl-1 - [phenylmethyl] -2- [N - (2- (2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] hydrazine (especially preferred), l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl- 1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [tert-butoxy-carbonyl]hydrazine, and l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl-1 -[4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of those compounds. Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj is lower alkenyloxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, Rg and Rg are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, R7 is cyclohexylmethyl and R9 is N-lower alkenyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, especially a compound having the name l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexyl-methyl]-2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj is lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, Rg and R8 are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, R7 is cyclohexylmethyl and R9 is lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, especially a compound having the name l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)-carbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj is lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, Rg and R8 are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, R7 is cyclohexylmethyl and R9 is lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, especially a compound having the name l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(2-methoxyethoxy)acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(2-methoxyethoxy)acetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, -91 - or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj and R9 are each independently of the other acetyl-(L)-valyl, methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, (2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, N-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl or N-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, R<s and Rg are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, and R7 is thien-2-ylmethyl or 2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, especially a single compound or several compounds selected from: l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-yl-methyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-yl-methyl] -2- [N-ethoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [thien-2-ylmethyl] -2- [N- (N-(2- (morpholin-4-y l)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl] -2- [N-acetyl- (L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetra- hydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- -92- 250 53 butyl] -1 - [2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl] -2- [N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valy 1] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)- ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine and l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj and R9 are each independently of the other acetyl-(L)-valyl, methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, (2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, N-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl or N-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, R6 and R8 are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, and R7 is 4-hydroxyphenylmethyl, 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, 4-isobutoxy-phenylmethyl, 4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl, methylene-4,5-dioxyphenylmethyl, 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl or 4-biphenylylmethyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, especially a single compound or several compounds selected from the compounds having the names: l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenyl-methyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valy 1] hydrazine; 1 - [2(S)-hydroxy-3 (S) -(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-hydroxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred); l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-hydroxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-pheny lbutyl] -1 - [4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)- 25 0 5 -93 - ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenyl-methyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred); l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred); l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred); l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N'-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine (especially preferred); l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino- carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 1 - [2(S )-hy droxy-3 (S )-(N- (N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N -methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenyl-methyl] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyl-oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)- 250 5* -94- ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxy-benzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-di- methoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-di- methoxy benzyl)oxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L) - valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)amino- carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin- 4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbuty 1] -1 - [4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxypheny lmethyl] -2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 1 - [2(S )-hydroxy-3 (S) - (N-acety 1- (L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbuty 1] -1 - [4-isobutoxypheny 1-methyl] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; 1 - [2(S )-hydroxy-3 (S)- (N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-pheny lbutyl] -1 - [4-iso-butoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydra2ine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)- valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)- ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 25 0 5 -95- l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-pheny Imethyl] -2- [N-acety 1- (L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- 1 - [4- (2-methoxye thoxy )pheny Imethyl]-2- [N- (N, N-dime thy laminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] - hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbuty 1]-1 - [4- (2-methoxyethoxy)pheny Imethyl] -2- [N-(N- (2- (morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)- valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpho- lin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxy-pheny Imethyl] -2- [N-acety 1- (L)-^valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methyl- ene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene- 3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2- [N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)- aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)- valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpho- lin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 25 0 -96- l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenyl-methyl] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-di-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbony 1- (L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-di-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-1 - [3,4-dimethoxypheny Imethyl] -2- [N-(N,N-dimethy laminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [3,4-dimethoxypheny Imethyl] -2- [N- (N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminoc arbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)- valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin- 4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 1-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]- 2-[N-acety 1-(L)-valy l]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-bi-phenylylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; 1 - [2(S )-hydroxy-3 (S )-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-1 - [4-biphenylylmethyl] -2- [N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-biphenylylmethyl] -2-[N- (N-(2- (morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine and l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-biphenylylmethyl] -2- [N-(N- (2- (morpholin-4-yl)ethyl) -N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 25 0 5 -97- Preference is given also to compounds of formula II wherein Rj and R9 are each methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl, the radicals R2, R4, Rg and R8 are each hydrogen, R3 is phenylmethyl, and R7 is 4-lower alkoxyphenylmethyl or 4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Preference is given finally to the following compounds of formula II: l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexyl-methyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-trifluoro-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-trifluoroacetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl] hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(n-propoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[N-(n-propyl)oxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexy Imethyl] -2- [N-methoxy-carbonyl- (L)-valyl] hydrazine, l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(R)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, 1-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(benzyloxy-carbonyl-amino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]- 2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-vaIyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]- l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]- l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[4-iso- butoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]- l-[4-ethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]- l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, and/or l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo- hexylmethyl]-2-[2-pyridylcarbonyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in each case. The preparation of compounds of formula II', especially the preparation according to the invention of the compound of formula II", is effected, for example -98- 25 0 5 i) analogously to the reaction of starting materials of formula XHI with those of formula XIV A, as described in the preparation of compounds of formula II; in the case of compounds of formula IF, the radicals in the starting compounds are as defined for compounds of formula I, whereas in the case of compounds of formula II", in the starting materials Rj and R9 are each N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl, or ii) analogously to Process b), wherein there are used instead of the starting materials of formula IV those of formula IV', especially IV", as defined above; in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II', the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula IV', whereas in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II", in the starting materials Rj and R9' are each N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl, or iii) analogously to Process c), wherein there are used instead of the starting materials of formula VI those of formula VI', especially VI", as defined above; in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II', the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula VI', whereas in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II", in the starting materials Rx' and R9 are each N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl, or iv) analogously to Process d), wherein there are used instead of the starting materials of formula Vm those of formula VIE', especially VH[", as defined above; in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II', the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula VIII', whereas in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II", in the starting materials Rt' and R9' are each N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl, or v) analogously to Process e), wherein there are used instead of the starting materials of formula IV those of formula IV', especially IV", as defined above; in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II', the radicals are as defined for compounds of formula I", whereas in the case of the preparation of compounds of formula II", in the starting materials Rj and R9 are each N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7" is cyclohexylmethyl, or 25 0 5, -99- vi) where protected starting materials are used, for example in one of the above-mentioned processes, by removal of the protecting groups analogously to Process f). If desired, a compound of formula II', especially II", obtainable in accordance with one of the above Processes i) to vi) can be converted into its salt, or an obtainable salt can be converted into the free compound or into a different salt, and/or isomeric mixtures that may be obtainable can be separated and/or a compound of formula II', especially II", according to the invention can be converted into a different compound of formula II', especially II", according to the invention. The conditions correspond to those described above for additional process steps carried out using compounds of formula I. The compounds of formula II" are prepared according to the invention preferably from compounds of formula VIII" wherein R2, R4, Rg and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl, and from N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine or a reactive acid derivative thereof (corresponding to the compounds of formulae V and VII wherein R9' and R^' arc N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl), analogously to Process d), as described above. The acids of formulae IH, V, VII and IX, the acid derivatives thereof, for example of formulae V', V" and IX', and the compounds having nucleofugal groups of formulae Xa, Xb, XIa, Xlb and X33 are commercially available, known or, if they are novel, can be prepared in accordance with processes known per se, for example analogously to the processes mentioned in the Examples, using suitable starting materials. The same applies to all further starting materials. There may be mentioned by way of example the preparation of an aryl-lower alkanoic acid (a compound of formula UI) substituted by heterocyclylmethyl, wherein heterocyclyl is bonded via a ring nitrogen atom, which is preferably effected by reacting an aryl-lower alkanoyl radical substituted by halomethyl, such as chloro- or bromo-methyl, such as chloromethylbenzoyl or bromomethylbenzoyl, with a corresponding heterocyclic nitrogen base, such as piperidine, piperazine, l-lower alkylpiperazine, l-lower alkanoylpiperazine or especially morpholine or thiomorpholine, with nucleophilic substitution of the halogen atom. Amino acid derivatives of formula III, V or VII wherein the a-amino group is alkylated by a radical selected from phenyl-lower alkyl and heterocyclyl-lower alkyl can be prepared, for example, by reductive amination of the amino acid (protected, if necessary, at further 2 5 0 5 j 5 - 100- groups that are not intended to participate in the reaction) having a primary or secondary a-amino group, with a phenyl-lower alkyl ketone or aldehyde, such as benzaldehyde, or heterocyclyl-lower alkyl ketone or aldehyde, for example heterocyclyl aldehyde, for example furan aldehyde, such as furan-2-aldehyde, or pyridine aldehyde, such as pyridine-3-aldehyde, for example with catalytic hydrogenation, for example in the presence of a heavy metal catalyst, such as Raney nickel, under normal pressure or under pressures of from 1 to 100 bar, preferably at approximately 100 bar, or with reduction by means of complex boron hydrides, such as sodium cyanoborohydride. The isocyanates of formulae IX' and V" can be prepared, for example, from the corresponding amine precursors by conversion of the amino group into the isocyanato group, for example by reaction with phosgene with heating, for example under reflux conditions, or by the dropwise addition of the primary, secondary or tertiary amine, in liquid form or dissolved in a solvent, to an excess of phosgene in a suitable solvent (toluene, xylene, ligroin, chlorobenzene, a-chloronaphthalene, etc.) with cooling (for example at from -50 to 0°C), there being formed as intermediate a mixture of carbamoyl chloride and amine hydrochloride which is then phosgenated further at elevated temperature (for example at from 50°C to the reflux temperature) until complete dissolution is obtained, HC1 being eliminated. The following applies generally to all the processes mentioned hereinbefore and hereinafter: As a result of the close relationship between the compounds of formula I and their salts and starting materials (starting compounds and intermediates) in free form and in the form of their salts, hereinbefore and hereinafter any reference to the free compounds and their salts should be understood as including the corresponding salts and free compounds, respectively, where appropriate and expedient. All the process steps listed above can be carried out under reaction conditions known per se, preferably those specifically mentioned, in the absence or, customarily, the presence of solvents or diluents, preferably those that are inert towards the reagents used and are solvents therefor, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensation agents or neutralising agents, for example ion exchangers, such as cation exchangers, for example in the H+ form, and, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or of the reactants, at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in a temperature range from approx- 250 5 35 - 101 - imately -100°C to approximately 190°C, preferably from approximately -80°C to approximately 150°C, for example from -80 to -60°C, at room temperature, from -20 to 40°C or at the reflux temperature, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed vessel, if necessary under pressure, and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere. Isomeric mixtures occurring at any stage of the reaction may be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or into any desired mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or diastereoisomeric mixtures, for example analogously to the methods described under the "Additional Process Steps". In certain cases, for example in the case of hydrogenation, it is possible to achieve stereoselective reactions, which, for example, enable individual isomers to be obtained more easily. The solvents from which those suitable for a particular reaction can be selected include, for example, water, esters, such as lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, for example ethyl acetate, ethers, such as aliphatic ethers, for example diethyl ether, or cyclic ethers, for example tetrahydrofuran, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles, such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, bases, such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine, carboxylic acid anhydrides, such as lower alkanoic acid anhydrides, for example acetic anhydride, cyclic, linear or branched hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane, hexane or isopentane, or mixtures of those solvents, for example aqueous solutions, unless the description of the process indicates otherwise. Such solvent mixtures can also be used in the working-up, for example by chromatography or partitioning. The compounds, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals may, for example, include the solvent used for crystallisation. The invention relates also to those forms of the process in which a compound obtainable as intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining process steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or is used in the form of a derivative, for example in protected form or in the form of a salt, or a compound obtainable by the process according to the invention is 25 o H ~ ~ v..- - 102- produced under the process conditions and further processed in situ. In the process of the present invention it is preferable to use those starting materials that lead to the compounds (of formula I or II) described in the introduction as being especially valuable. Special preference is given to reaction conditions analogous to those mentioned in the Examples. Where necessary, protected starting compounds can be used at any stage of the process and the protecting groups removed at suitable stages of the reaction. Protecting groups, their introduction and their removal are as described under Processes a) and f). Pharmaceutical Compositions: The invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of formula I or (especially those compounds that are described as being preferred) of formula n. The pharmacologically acceptable compounds of the present invention may be used, for example, for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an effective amount of the active ingredient together or in admixture with a significant amount of inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The invention relates also to a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for administration to a warm-blooded animal, especially a human, for the treatment or prevention of a disease that responds to inhibition of a retroviral protease, especially a retroviral aspartate protease, such as HIV-I- or HIV-D-gag protease, for example a retroviral disease such as AIDS, comprising an amount of a compound of formula I or formula II" or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, effective for the inhibition of the retroviral protease, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are those for enteral, such as nasal, rectal or oral, or parenteral, such as intramuscular or intravenous, administration to warm-blooded animals (humans and animals), that comprise an effective dose of the pharmacological active ingredient, alone or together with a significant amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dose of the active ingredient depends on the species of warm-blooded animal, the body weight, the age and the individual condition, individual pharmacokinetic data, the disease to be treated and the mode of administration. - 103 - The invention relates also to a method of treating diseases caused by viruses, especially by retroviruses, for example AIDS, which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or formula 11" according to the invention, especially to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, who on account of one of the mentioned diseases, especially AIDS, requires such treatment. The dose to be administered to warmblooded animals, for example humans of approximately 70 kg body weight, is from approximately 3 mg to approximately 3 g, preferably from approximately 10 mg to approximately 1.5 g, for example approximately from 100 mg to 1000 mg per person per day, divided preferably into 1 to 3 single doses which may, for example, be of the same size. Usually, children receive half of the adult dose. The pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1 % to approximately 95 %, preferably from approximately 20 % to approximately 90 %, active ingredient. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be, for example, in unit dose form, such as in the form of ampoules, vials, suppositories, dragees, tablets or capsules. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving, lyophilising, mixing, granulating or confectioning processes. Solutions of the active ingredient, and also suspensions, and especially isotonic aqueous solutions or suspensions, are preferably used, it being possible, for example in the case of lyophilised compositions that comprise the active ingredient alone or together with a carrier, for example mannitol, for such solutions or suspensions to be produced prior to use. The pharmaceutical compositions may be sterilised and/or may comprise excipients, for example preservatives, stabilisers, wetting and/or emulsifying agents, solubilisers, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers, and are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving or lyophilising processes. The said solutions or suspensions may comprise viscosity-increasing substances, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin. Suspensions in oil comprise as the oil component the vegetable, synthetic or semisynthetic oils customary for injection purposes. There may be mentioned as such especially liquid fatty acid esters that contain as the acid component a long-chained fatty 250 5 - 104- acid having from 8 to 22, especially from 12 to 22, carbon atoms, for example lauric acid, tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, margaric acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid or corresponding unsaturated acids, for example oleic acid, elaidic acid, erucic acid, brasidic acid or linoleic acid, if desired with the addition of antioxidants, for example vitamin E, (3-carotene or 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene. The alcohol component of those fatty acid esters has a maximum of 6 carbon atoms and is a mono- or poly-hydric, for example a mono-, di- or tri-hydric, alcohol, for example methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol or pentanol or the isomers thereof, but especially glycol and glycerol. The following examples of fatty acid esters are therefore to be mentioned: ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, "Labrafil M 2375" (polyoxyethylene glycerol trioleate, Gattefoss6, Paris), "Miglyol 812" (triglyceride of saturated fatty acids with a chain length of Cg to C12, Hiils AG, Germany), but especially vegetable oils, such as cottonseed oil, almond oil, olive oil, castor oil, sesame oil, soybean oil and more especially groundnut oil. The injection compositions are prepared in customary manner under sterile conditions; the same applies also to introducing the compositions into ampoules or vials and sealing the containers. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carriers, if desired granulating a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture, if desired or necessary, after the addition of appropriate excipients, into tablets, dragee cores or capsules. It is also possible for them to be incorporated into plastics carriers that allow the active ingredients to diffuse or be released in measured amounts. Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, and binders, such as starch pastes using for example corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol. Dragee cores are provided with suitable, 250 5 - 105 - optionally enteric, coatings, there being used, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may comprise gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvents, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as ethylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate. Capsules are dry-filled capsules made of gelatin and soft sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticiser, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The dry-filled capsules may comprise the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example with fillers, such as lactose, binders, such as starches, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and if desired with stabilisers. In soft capsules the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable oily excipients, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, it being possible also for stabilisers and/or antibacterial agents to be added. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings or the capsule casings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient. The following Examples serve to illustrate the invention but do not limit the scope thereof in any way. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius (°C). Where no temperature is specified, the reaction takes place at room temperature. The Rf values, which indicate the ratio of the seepage propagation of the substance in question to the seepage propagation of the eluant front, are determined on thin layer silica gel plates by thin layer chromatography (TLC) in the following solvent systems: TLC eluant systems A chloroform/methanol/water/ 75:27:5:0.5 D E F G B C acetic acid chloroform/methanol/water/ acetic acid chloroform/methanol/water/ acetic acid chloroform/methanol chloroform/methanol hexane/ethyl acetate methylene chloride/diethyl ether/ 90:10:1:0.5 8:1 95:5 2:1 85:13:1.5:0.5 20:20:1 250 5 - 106 - methanol H methylene chloride/diethyl ether 1 1 I toluene/ethyl acetate 2 1 K chloroform/methanol 5 1 J methylene chloride/diethyl ether 5 1 L hexane/ethyl acetate 4 1 M hexane/ethyl acetate 5 1 N hexane/ethyl acetate 1 1 O ethyl acetate - P methylene chloride/ethanol/NH3aq. 90:10:1 Q methylene chloride/diethyl ether 10:1 R hexane/ethyl acetate 3:1 S methylene chloride/diethyl ether 20:1 T: chloroform/methanol 30:1 U: chloroform/methanol 15:1 V: methylene chloride/diethyl ether/ hexane 1:1:3 W: methylene chloride/diethyl ether 20:1 X: methylene chloride/methanol 40:1 Y: toluene/ethyl acetate 4:1 Z: methylene chloride/methanol 30:1 A': methylene chloride/methanol 15:1 B': methylene chloride/methanol 10:1 C': hexane/ethyl acetate 1:3 D': ethyl acetate/ethanol 100:3 E': ethyl acetate/ethanol 20:1 F': ethyl acetate/ethanol 10:1 G': methylene chloride/methanol 9:1 H': ethyl acetate/hexane 3:2 I': methylene chloride/methanol 12:1 J': methylene chloride/methanol 19:1 K' methylene chloride/diethyl ether/ methanol 10:10:1 The abbreviation "Rf(A)", for example, indicates that the Rf value was determined in solvent system A. The ratio of solvents to one another is always given in parts by volume. - 107- HPLC gradients: I 20 % — 100 % a) in b) for 35 min II 0 % ^40 % a) in b) for 30 min III 20 % —*• 60 % a) in b) for 60 min IV 10 % 50 % a) in b) for 60 min V 20 % 100 % a) in b) for 20 min 25 5 Eluant a): acetonitrile + 0.05 % TFA; eluant b): water + 0.05 % TFA. Column (250 x 4.6 mm) filled with "Reversed-Phase" material C18-Nucleosil® (5 nm average particle size, silica gel covalently derivatised with octadecylsilanes, Macherey & Nagel, Diiren, FRG). Detection by UV-absorption at 215 nm. The retention times (tRet) are given in minutes. Flow rate 1 ml/min. The same abbreviations are used to identify the eluant systems in flash chromatography and medium-pressure chromatography. The other short forms and abbreviations used have the following meanings: abs. absolute (indicates that the solvent is anhydrous) atm physical atmospheres (unit of pressure) -1 atm corresponds to 1.013 bar Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl B OP benzotriazol-1 -yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phos- phonium hexafluorophosphate brine saturated sodium chloride solution DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DIPE diisopropyl ether DMAP dimethylaminopyridine DMF dimethylformamide DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide EDC N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylamino propyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride ether diethyl ether h hour(s) HBTU 0-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N'N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate 25 o - 108- HOBt HV 1-hydroxybenzotriazole high vacuum minute(s) mass spectroscopy N-methylmorpholine rotary evaporator room temperature trifluoroacetic acid tetrahydrofuran benzyloxycarbonyl min MS NMM RE RT TFA THF Z Mass spectroscopic data are obtained either by conventional MS or according to the "Fast-Atom-Bombardment" (FAB-MS) method. The mass data refer in the former case to the unprotonated molecule ion (M)+ or to the protonated molecule ion (M+H)+. The values for proton nuclear resonance spectroscopy ^H-NMR) are given in ppm (parts per million) based on tetramethylsilane as the internal standard, s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, dd = double doublet, br = broad. The values for IR spectra are given in cm"1, and the solvent in question is in round brackets. Where given, s indicates a strong, m a medium and w a weak intensity of the band in question. The residue referred to as -[Phe^^Phe] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-l-(N-benzylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula 25 0 5 -109- The residue referred to as -[Phe^^Cha] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-l-(N-cyclohexylmethylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula The residue referred to as -[Phe^^Leu] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-l-(N-is0butylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula The residue referred to as -[Phe^^Nle] is the residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-l-(N-n-butylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula 250 5 35 - no - OH -NH •NH- The residue referred to as -[Phe^^(p-F)Phe] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-l-(N-(p-fluorophenylmethyl)-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula -NH NH- The residue referred to as -[(p-F)Phe*^(p-F)Phe] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-l-(N-(p-fluorophenylmethyl)-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula NH- The residue referred to as -[Phe^^(p-CN)Phe] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino- 25 o 5 - ill - 4-phenyl-l-(N-(p-cyanophenylmethyl)-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula nh- The residue referred to as -[Cha^^Leu] is the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-cyclo-hexyl-l-(N-isobutyl-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula oh -nh *nh- The divalent radical of l-[2(S)-acetoxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-[l-cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine has the formula -nh 'nh- Or1 The abbreviations customarily used in peptide chemistry are used to name divalent 2505 - 112 - The abbreviations customarily used in peptide chemistry are used to name divalent residues of natural a-amino acids. However, contrary to customary peptide nomenclature in which the amino terminus is on the left and the carboxy terminus is on the right, amino acids that are to the right of the residues -[Phe^^Phe], -[Phe^^Cha], -[Phe^^Leu], -[PheNNNle], -[PheNN(p-F)Phe], -[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe], -[PheNN(p-CN)Phe] and -[Cha^Leu] in the compound names, have the bonding carboxy group on the left, which is indicated by an arrow («-) symbolising the reversal of the direction of bonding (inversion). The configuration at the a-carbon atom, if it is known, is indicated by the prefix (L)- or (D)-. Tyrosine residues etherified at the phenolic hydroxy group by the radical R are designated Tyr(OR). Nle denotes the residue of norleucine. Reference Example 1: Boc-rPhe^^Phel-Boc: A solution of 300 mg (1.14 mmol) of (2R)-[r(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane (J. Org. Chem. 50, 4615 (1985)) and 253 mg (1.14 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (J. Chem. Soc., Perkin 1,1712 (1975)) in 4 ml of methanol is heated under reflux for 12 h. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0° a large portion of the title compound precipitates. The mother liquor is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is dissolved in a small amount of methylene chloride. After the dropwise addition of hexane a further amount of the title compound is obtained in the form of a white precipitate. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=486, tRet(I)=26.8 min, Rf(E)=0.70. Reference Example 2: Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^^PheW(L)-Val-Z): 191 mg (0.76 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 336 mg (0.76 mmol) of BOP and 103 mg (0.76 mmol) of HOBt are dissolved in 5 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF, and after 10 min 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Phe]-H«3HCl are added and the mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation, and the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phases are filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation and the residue is purified by means of chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1). Lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane yields the title compound in the form of a white solid. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=752, tRet(I)=27.8 min, Rf(E)=0.45. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) H-rPheNNPhel-H.3HCl: 2505 - 113 - A solution of 280 mg (0.58 mmol) of Boc-[Phe^^Phe]-Boc from Reference Example 1 in 10 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane is stirred for 2 h at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere and then lyophilised. Lyophilisation once more from dioxane/tert-butanol yields the title compound in the form of a flocculent solid. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=286, tRet(II)=- 23.1 min, Rf(C)=0.17. Reference Example 3: Boc-fl^Val-ffhe^PheWfU-Val-Boc): The title compound is obtained in a manner analogous to that described in Reference Example 2 from 50 mg (0.13 mmol) of H-[PheNNPhe]-H.3HCl, 83 mg (0.83 mmol) of Boc-(L)-valine, 168 mg (0.38 mmol) of BOP, 51 mg (0.38 mmol) of HOBt and 2.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with chloroform/-methanol (95:5) and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=684, tRet©=27.4 min, Rf(E)=0.38. Reference Example 4: Boc-rPhe^^Chal-Boc: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 1, from 231 mg (0.88 mmol) of (2R,3S)-l-[3-Boc-amino-2-phenylethyl]oxirane and 200 mg (0.88 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-cyclohexylmethyl-carbazate, in the form of a white precipitate from hexane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=492, tRet(I)=30.4 min, Rf(E)=0.78. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) tert-Butyl-3-cyclohexylmethyl-carbazate: 10.2 g (45.1 mmol) of cyclohexylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone, dissolved in 400 ml of methanol, are hydrogenated in the presence of 5.1 g of 5 % platinum on carbon at RT and 4 atm hydrogen pressure. When the reaction is complete, the catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with water. Concentration by evaporation of the organic phase yields the title compound in the form of a colourless resin. ^H-NMR (200 MHz, cdci3): 6.1 (s, br, 1H), 3.9 (s, br, 1H), 2.65 (d, 2H), 1.8-0.75 (m, 11H), 1.45 (s, 9H), tRet(D=32.0 min, Rf(E)=0.75. b) Cvclohexvlcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone: A solution of 10.8 g (81.2 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate and 10.1 g (90 mmol) of cyclo-hexylcarbaldehyde in 400 ml of ethanol is heated under reflux for 2 h. Half of the solvent is then removed by distillation and the title compound is precipitated by the addition of 250 5 - 114 - water. It is directly further used in a). Reference Example 5: H-rL)-Val-rPheNNPheWq)-Val)-H.3HCl: A solution of 40 mg (0.06 mmol) of Boc-(L)-Val-[Phe^^Phe]^(L)-Valj-Boc from Reference Example 3 in 4 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane is stirred, at RT for 1 h. The mixture is then diluted with dioxane and, after lyophilisation, the title compound is obtained in the form of the hydrochloride. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=484, tRet(II)=25.8 min, Rf(A)=0.45. Reference Example 6: N-Thiomorpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Yal-rPhe^^PheV(N-thio-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val): 35 nl (0.25 mmol) of triethylamine and 16 mg (0.1 mmol) of (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl)-chloride are added in succession at RT to a solution of 20 mg (0.03 mmol) of H-(L)-Val-[PheNNphe]^((L)-Val)-H»3HCl from Reference Example 5 in 0.5 ml of DMF, and the mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with chloroform and washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation, and the residue is chromato-graphed on silica gel with a gradient of chloroform/methanol (15:1 -> 8:1). The product fractions are concentrated by evaporation and precipitated with methylene chloride/DIPE. Lyophilisation from dioxane yields the title compound in the form of a flocculent solid. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=742, tRet(I)=21.6 min, Rf(D)=0.54. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) (4-Thiomorpholinylcarbonvl)chloride: A solution of 10 g (97 mmol) of thiomorpholine in 200 ml of toluene is added drop wise at 0° to a solution of 85 ml (165 mmol) of 20 % phosgene in toluene and the white suspension is stirred for 1 h at RT. Excess phosgene is driven off by introducing nitrogen, the suspension is filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation. The title compound is obtained in the form of a yellow oil. IR (CH2CI2, cm"^): 1735, 1450, 1440, 1405,1370, 1290, 1180. Reference Example 7: N-Morpholinocarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPhe^^Phel-(N-morpholino-carbonyl- (L)-V al): 210 |J.l (1.52 mmol) of triethylamine are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-[PheNNphe]-H«3HCl from Reference Example 2a), 163 mg (0.76 mmol) of N-morpho- 2505 -115- linocarbonyl-(L)-valine and 288 mg (0.76 mmol) of HBTU in 2 ml of DMF and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is fully concentrated by evaporation, and the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding, concentrated by evaporation and chromatographed on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (15:1). The title compound is precipitated from methylene chloride/hexane and, after lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol, is obtained in the form of a flocculent solid. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=710, tRet(I)=16.3 min, Rf(E)=0.16. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine: 2.7 g (8.4 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine-benzyl ester are dissolved in 75 ml of ethyl acetate and the solution is hydrogenated for 3 h in the presence of 500 mg of 10 % palladium on carbon at 1 atm hydrogen pressure and RT. The catalyst is filtered off and, after concentrating the solvent by evaporation, the title compound is obtained in the form of a colourless oil. ^-NMR (300 MHz, cd3od): 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.12 (m, 1H), 0.95 (2d, 6H). b) N-Morpholinocarbonvl-(L)-valine-benzyl ester: 0.8 ml (8.1 mmol) of (morpholinocarbonyl)chloride (preparation: J. Med. Chem. 31,2277 (1988)) and 4.1 ml (24.1 mmol) of N-ethyldiisopropylamine are added to a solution of 4 g (10.5 mmol) of (L)-valine-benzyl ester 4-toluenesulfonate in 56 ml of methylene chloride and the mixture is stirred at RT for 24 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed in succession with IN hydrochloric acid, water, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate yields N-morpho-linocarbonyl-(L)-valine-benzyl ester in the form of a colourless oil. The ester is directly further used in a). Reference Example 8: Phenvlacetvl-(L)-Val-fPhe^^Phel-(N-phenylacetyl-(L)-Val): The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 7 from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Phe]-H»3HCl from Reference Example 2a), 143 mg (0.61 mmol) of phenylacetyl-(L)-valine (preparation: Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agric. 20, 51 (1978)), 230 mg (0.61 mmol) of HBTU and 200 ^il (1.42 mmol) of triethylamine after chromatographic purification with methylene chloride/ether/methanol (20:20:1) and 25 0 5 t n # 35 -116 lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=720, tRet(I)=23.7 min, Rf(G)=0.21. Reference Example 9: N-(3-Pvridvlacetyl)-(L)-Val-rPh&^^PheV(N-(3-pvridvlacetyl)-(L)-Val): The tide compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 7 in the form of a white solid from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Phe]-H«3HCl from Reference Example 2a, 576 mg (1.52 mmol) of HBTU, 358 mg (1.52 mmol) of N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine and 316 jxl (2.3 mmol) of triethylamine after chromatographic purification with chloroform/-methanol (5:1) and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=722, tRet(II)=27.9 min, Rf(A)=0.71. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-(3-Pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine: 3.4 g of N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine-tert-butyl ester are dissolved in 20 ml of trifluoroacetic acid/methylene chloride (1:1) and the solution is stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction solution is fully concentrated by evaporation and the residue is digested with DIPE. The title compound is obtained in the form of a white amorphous solid. *H-NMR (200 MHz, cd3od): 8.9-8.6 (m, broad, 1H), 8.5 (m, 1H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 0.98 (2d, 6H). b) N-(3-Pyridvlacetvl)-(L)-valine-tert-butyl ester: 4.2 ml of triethylamine are added dropwise at 0° to a solution of 3.36 g (16 mmol) of (L)-valine-tert-butyl ester.HCl, 2 g (14.5 mmol) of 3-pyridylacetic acid and 2.17 ml (14.3 mmol) of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester in 20 ml of DMF. The reaction mixture is stirred for 48 h at RT, and then diluted with methylene chloride and washed with 10 % citric acid as well as saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding and, after removal of the solvent by evaporation, yields N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine-tert-butyl ester, which is directly further used in a). Reference Example 10 : Boc-(L)-Val-rPheNNChaM(L)-Val)-Boc: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 7 in the form of a flocculent solid starting from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Cha]-H»3HCl, 1.08 g (4.98 mmol) of Boc-(L)-valine, 1.89 g (4.98 mmol) of HBTU and 1.39 ml (9.96 mmol) of triethylamine after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/- 25 0 5 3 -117- ether (1:1) and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=690, tRet(I)=29.3 min, Rf(H)=0.48. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) H- rPheNNChal -H.3HC1: 1.10 g (2.2 mmol) of Boc-[Phe^^Cha]-Boc from Reference Example 4 are dissolved in 20 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane and the solution is stirred at RT for 3 h. Lyophilisation of the reaction solution yields the title compound in the form of the hydrochloride. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=292, tRet(II)=27.3 min. Reference Example 11: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNNChaW(LVVal)-Z: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 2 from 50 mg (0.12 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Cha]-H*3HCl from Reference Example 10a, 94 mg (0.37 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 165 mg (0.37 mmol) of BOP, 51 mg (0.37 mmol) of HOBt and 2.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1) and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=758, tRet(I)=29.1 min, Rf(H)=0.55. Reference Example 12: Boc-fPhe^^Leul-Boc: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 1, starting from 1.0 g (3.8 mmol) of (2R)-[r(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 715 mg (3.8 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-isobutyl-carbazate (preparation: J. Chem. Soc., Perkin 1,1712 (1975)), in the form of a precipitate from hexane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=452, tRet(I)=27.2 min, Rf(I)=0.55. Reference Example 13: Z-(L)-Val-|The^LeuW(L)-Val)-Z: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 2 starting from 60 mg (0.17 mmol) of H-tPhe^LeuJ-H^HCl, 125 mg (0.50 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 221 mg (0.50 mmol) of BOP, 67 mg (0.50 mmol) of HOBt and 3.3 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1) and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 718, tRet (I)=26.8 min, Rj(H)=0.38. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) H-[PheNNLeul-H«3HCl: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 10a), in the form of a 250 5 118 - lyophilisate, from 1.21 g (2.48 mmol) of Boc-[Phe^^Leu]-Boc from Reference Example 12. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=252, tRet(H)=20.9 min, Rf(K)=0.23. Reference Example 14: H-(LVVal-rPheNNChaW(L)-Val)-H.3HCl: The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 10a), from 632 mg (0.91 mmol) of Boc-(L)-Val-[PheN^Cha]«-{'(L)-Valy)-Boc from Reference Example 10, in the form of the hydrochloride after lyophilisation. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=490, tRet(II)=29.4 min, Rf(K)=0.23. Reference Example 15: N-(3-Pvridvlacetvl)-(L)-Yal-rPheNNLeuV(N-(3-pyridvlacetvl)-(L)-Val): The title compound is obtained analogously to Reference Example 9 from 90 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-fPhe^LeuJ-H^HCl from Reference Example 13 a), 358 mg (1.52 mmol) of N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine, 576 mg (1.52 mmol) of HBTU and 316 |il (2.5 mmol) of triethylamine after chromatographic purification with methylene chloride/-methanol (15:1) and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol/water. FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 688, tRet(IV)= 15.5 min, Rf(D)= 0.37. Reference Example 16: N-Trifluoroacetyl-rPhe^Cp-F^hel-Boc: A solution of 4.0 g (15.4 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane and 3.89 g (16.2 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate in 35 ml of methanol is heated at 80°C for approximately 20 h in a bomb tube. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation, the residue is dissolved in a small amount of dichloromethane, and the title compound is precipitated therefrom using hexane (refrigerator). Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/ether 95:7) yields further product. TLC Rf(J)=0.57; tRet(I)=24.3 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=500. The starting materials are prepared as follows: a) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hvdroxv-4-phenvl-l-trimethvlsilyl-butane: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 24.7 g (1.02 mol) of magnesium are placed in 100 ml of abs. ether and over a period of 35 min a small amount of iodine and, at the same time, 132.5 ml (0.95 mol) of chloromethyltrimethylsilane and 300 ml of ether are added, the temperature being maintained at 38°C by means of an ice bath. The reaction mixture obtained is then stirred for 1.5 h at RT. After the mixture has been cooled to -60°C, a suspension of 48.6 g (0.195 mol) of N-Boc-phenylalaninal (preparation: D.J. Kempf, J. Org. Chem. 51, 3921 25 0 5 -119- (1986)) in 1.11 of ether is added over a period of 40 min. Over a period of 90 min the reaction mixture is warmed to RT and stirred for a further 90 min at that temperature. The mixture is then poured onto 2 1 of ice-water and 1.5 1 of 10 % aqueous citric acid. The separated aqueous phase is extracted twice with 500 ml of ether. All ether extracts are washed with 500 ml of 10 % citric acid and twice with brine. After drying over sodium sulfate the residue is concentrated in vacuo and the resulting title compound is further used without additional purification. TLC Rf(L)=0.6; FAB-MS (M+H)+=338. b) l-Phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine: 35.6 ml (0.28 mol) of an approximately 48 % solution of boron trifluoride in ether are added at 5°C, over a period of 10 min, to a solution of 18.8 g (0.055 mol) of 3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-phenyl-l-trimethylsilyl-butane in 420 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is then stirred at RT for 16 h, cooled to 10°C and, over a period of 20 min, 276 ml of a 4N sodium hydroxide solution are added. The aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with 400 ml of methylene chloride each time. The combined organic extracts are washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The title product is further used without additional purification. TLC Rf (C)= 0.15; IR (methylene chloride) (cm"1): 3370, 3020, 2920, 1640, 1605. c) N-Trifluoroacetyl- l-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine: 17.0 ml (121 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid anhydride are added dropwise, at 0°C, to 11.9 g (81 mmol) of l-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine dissolved in 210 ml of methylene chloride and 70 ml of pyridine. The mixture is stirred for 0.5 h at 0°C and then extracted twice with dilute HC1, water and brine. The aqueous phases are washed a further twice with methylene chloride, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation: TLC Rf(M)=0.4. d) 2(R)-rr(S)-(Trifluoroacetylamino')-2,-phenylethvll-oxirane: 54.28 g (314 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid are added to a solution of 14.5 g (60 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-l-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine in 600 ml of chloroform and the mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture is washed twice with 10 % sodium sulfite solution, twice with saturated sodium carbonate solution, water and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a further twice with methylene chloride and the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound, which is used in the next step without being further purified: TLC Rf(N)=0.6. 25 0 5 J p- c*j7 -120- e) p-Fluorophenylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone: 32 g (242 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate and 30 g (242 mmol) of p-fluorobenzaldehyde in 300 ml of ethanol are reacted analogously to Reference Example 4 b) for 3 h at 80°C to form the title compound, which crystallises on cooling and diluting with water: TLC Rf(N)=0.48; tRet(I)=19.4 min. f) tert-Butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methvD-carbazate: 55 g (231 mmol) of p-fluorophenylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone in 500 ml of THF are hydrogenated with 5.5 g of palladium (5 %) on carbon analogously to Reference Example 4 a) to yield the tide compound: !H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.35 (dd, 8 and 6 Hz, 2 H), 7.05 (t, 8 Hz, 2 H), 3.9 (s, 2 H), 1.45 (s, 9 H). Reference Example 17: N-Morpholinocarbonyl-(L')-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phel-Boc: A mixture of 185 mg (0.80 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine (for preparation see Reference Example 7 a)), 270 mg (0.67 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc, 311 mg (0.70 mmol) of BOP and 95 mg (0.70 mmol) of HOBT is dissolved at RT in 6.8 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF and stirred for 5 h at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV and the residue is partitioned between 4 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of 1M sodium carbonate solution, water and brine. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated by evaporation and purified by column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate): TLC Rf(0)=0.38; tRet(I)=21.8 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=616. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) H- rPheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc: At 70°C, 15 ml of a 1M aqueous solution of potassium carbonate are added drop wise to a solution of 0.3 g (0.6 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (for preparation see Reference Example 16) in 50 ml of methanol under a nitrogen atmosphere and the mixture is stirred for 25 h at that temperature. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, methylene chloride is added to the residue and the mixture is washed twice with water and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with methylene chloride and the organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. The crude product is used in the next step without being further purified: tRet(I)=16-2 min. 250 5 - 121 - Reference Example 18: N-MorpholinocarbonyHD-Vai-rPhe^fp-FlPhel-tYD-VaD-Z: 129 mg (0.34 mmol) of HBTU are added to a solution of 86 mg (0.34 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val and 160 mg (0.31 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H in 2.7 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN (0.25M NMM in CH3CN). After 4 h at RT the mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound which is obtained in pure form after digestion from methylene chloride/-ether 1:1: TLC Rf(P)=0.4; tRet(I)=22.4 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=749. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Morpholinocarbonyl- (L) -V al- rPheNN(p-F)Phel -H: 210 mg (0.34 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (Reference Example 17) are dissolved in 105 ml of formic acid and the solution is stirred for 4 h at RT and then concentrated by evaporation. The residue is taken up in methylene chloride and the solution is washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. Extraction of the aqueous phases with 2 portions of methylene chloride, drying the organic phases with sodium sulfate and concentrating by evaporation yields the tide compound, which is used in the next step without being further purified: tRet(I)=12.9. Reference Example 19: N-Morpholinocarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)PheV((L)-Val)-H: 160 mg (0.21 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-((L)-Val)-Z (Reference Example 18) in 6 ml of ethanol are hydrogenated with 40 mg of palladium (10 %) on carbon at normal pressure. Filtration through Celite® (siliceous earth, filter aid from Fluka, Buchs, Switzerland), concentration by evaporation and lyophilisation from dioxane yields the title compound: tRet(hydrochloride, I)=13.4 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=615. Reference Example 20: N-Morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phel—((L)-Val)«-(N-morpholinocarbonyl-Gly): 54 mg (0.143 mmol) of HBTU are added to a solution of 26.9 mg (0.143 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine and 80 mg (0.130 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]^((L)-Val)-H in 1.1 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT. The mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, water, 2 portions of saturated sodium hydrogen 25 0 5 - 122- carbonate solution, water and brine. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound which, after dissolving in a small amount of DMF and precipitating with DIPE, is obtained in pure form: tRet(I)=15.1 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=785. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Morpholinocarbonyl-glycine-benzyl ester: Analogously to Reference Example 7 b), 7.69 g (22.8 mmol) of glycine-benzyl ester 4-toluenesulfonate and 2.8 g (19 mmol) of (morpholinocarbonyl)chloride in 118 ml of methylene chloride and 9 ml (53 mmol) of N-ethyldiisopropylamine are reacted for 18 h. The title compound is obtained in pure form after extraction with methylene chloride and digestion with hexane: tRet(I)=11.6 min. b) N-Morpholinocarbonyl-glvcine: Analogously to Reference Example 7 a), 4.8 g (18.3 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine-benzyl ester in 100 ml of ethyl acetate are hydrogenated with 1 g of palladium (10 %) on carbon to yield the title compound: *H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 3.88 (s, 2 H), 3.64 (s, 4 H), 3.50 (s, 2 H), 3.35 (s, 4 H). Reference Example 21: Z-(L)-Yal-[PheNN(p-F)Phel-Boc: 463 mg (1.22 mmol) of HBTU are added to a solution of 335 mg (1.33 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val and 448 mg (1.11 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (for preparation see Reference Example 17 a)) in 9.4 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN (0.25M NMM in GH3CN). After stirring for 16 h at RT, the mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound, which is purified by column chromatography (SiC>2, hexane/ethyl acetate 4:1—>1:1): tRet(I)=26.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=637. Reference Example 22: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phe1-((L)-Val)-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 18, 165 mg (0.76 mmol) of Boc-(L)-Val and 371 mg (0.69 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H in 6 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN are reacted with 289 mg (0.76 mmol) of HBTU to yield the title compound, which can be crystallised directly from the reaction solution and filtered off: tRet(I)=27.2 min; FAB-MS 250 5 3 - 123 - (M+H)+=736. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) Z-fLVVal-rPhe^fp-FtPhel-H: Analogously to Reference Example 18 a), 440 mg (0.69 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc are deprotected with 212 ml of formic acid to yield the title compound: tRet(I)=17.8 min. Reference Example 23: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)PheV((L)-Val')-H: Analogously to Reference Example 18 a), 250 mg (0.34 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]^((L)-Val)-Boc (Reference Example 22) are deprotected with 50 ml of formic acid to yield the title compound: tRet(I)=18.0 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=636. Reference Example 24: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phel—((L)-Val)«-(N-morpholinocarbonyl-Gly): Analogously to Reference Example 20, 32 mg (0.17 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine (Reference Example 20 b)) and 99 mg (0.16 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)-PheM(L)-Val)-H in 1.3 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN are reacted with 65 mg (0.17 mmol) of HBTU to yield the title compound, which crystallises directly from the reaction solution: tRet(I)=21.1 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=806. Reference Example 25: Z-(L)-Asn-rPheNN(p-F)Phe1-Boc: 3.0 g (7.8 mmol) of Z-(L)-asparagine-p-nitrophenyl ester (Bachem, Bubendorf/Switzer-land) are added to a solution of 2.09 g (5.2 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (for preparation see Reference Example 17 a)) in 68 ml of DMF and 2.7 ml (16 mmol) of N-ethyl-diisopropylamine. The mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT and concentrated by evaporation under HV, and the residue is taken up in a large amount of methylene chloride (poorly soluble) and washed with 2 portions of 5 % potassium carbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice more with a large amount of methylene chloride, and the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. The title compound is obtained by dissolving the crude product in a small amount of methanol and precipitating by the addition of toluene at -20°C: tRet(I)=21.2 min. Reference Example 26: H-(L')-Asn-rPheNN(p-F)Phe1-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 19, 0.40 g (0.61 mmol) of Z-(L)-Asn- 250 5 - 124- [PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc is hydrogenated in 20 ml of methanol to yield the title compound: tRet(I)=14-9 min. Reference Example 27: Quinoline-2-carbonvl-(L)-Asn-rPheNN(p-F)Phel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 17, 134 mg (0.78 mmol) of quinoline-2-carboxylic acid (Fluka, Buchs/Switzerland) in 4 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF are reacted with 344 mg (0.78 mmol) of BOP, 105 mg (0.78 mmol) of HOBT and 268 mg (0.52 mmol) of H-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc. Since, according to HPLC, there is still some H-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc present after stirring for 16 h at RT, a further 299 mg of BOP, 70 mg of HOBT, 89 mg of quinaldic acid and 113 (ll of NMM are added. After a further 16 h the mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. The crude product is dissolved in a small amount of DMF, precipitated with DIPE and cooled to -20°C to yield the title compound: tRet(I)=22.8 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=673. Reference Example 28: Z-(L)-Asn-rPheNN(p-F)PheW(L)-Val)-Z: 88 mg (0.35 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val in 3.8 ml of 0.3 M NMM/DMF are activated with 153 mg (0.35 mmol) of BOP and 47 mg (0.35 mmol) of HOBT and, after 15 min, 144 mg (0.23 mmol) of Z-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H«2HCl are added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h at RT and then concentrated by evaporation, the residue is dissolved in 2 ml of methanol and partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride and 2 portions of 1M sodium carbonate solution, and the organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Repeated dissolution of the crude product in a small amount of DMF and precipitation with DIPE yields the title compound: tRet(I)=22.2 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=785. The starting material is prepared as follows: a)Z-(L)-Asn-rPheNN(p-F)Phel-H.2HCl: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2 ml of 4N HCl/dioxane (Fluka, Buchs/Switzerland) are added to a solution of 150 mg (0.23 mmol) of Z-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (Reference Example 25) in 1 ml of dioxane. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 h at RT and then lyophilised, and the lyophilisate is directly further reacted. - 125 - 250 5 3 Reference Example 29: Trifluoroacetvl-rPheNN(p-F)Phel-((L)-Val')-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 17,239 mg (0.95 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val in 10.5 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF are reacted for 15 h with 421 mg (0.95 mmol) of BOP, 129 mg (0.95 mmol) of HOBT and 0.3 g (0.63 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/ether 10:1) and precipitation from DMF solution with DIPE yields the title compound: TLC Rf(Q)=0.15; tRet(I)=25.9 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=633. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Trifluoroacetyl- |PheNN(p-F)Phel -H: At 0°C, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid are added to 0.20 g (0.40 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc (for preparation see Reference Example 16) in 5 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at 0°C and for 2 h at RT and then concentrated by evaporation. Lyophilisation of the residue from dioxane yields the title compound, which is further reacted without being purified: tRet(I)=14.7 min. Reference Example 30: Z-^-Asn-fPhe^Phel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 25,167 mg (0.34 mmol) of H-fPhe^PheJ-Boc in 3.6 ml of DMF and 0.18 ml (1 mmol) of N-ethyl-diisopropylamine are reacted with 0.20 g (0.52 mmol) of Z-(L)-asparagine-p-nitrophenyl ester to yield the title compound, which is obtained in pure form by column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate): TLC Rf(0)=0.19; tRet(I)=20.9 min. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Trifluoroacetyl- [Phe^Phel -Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 16,1.82 g (7.0 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane (Reference Example 16 d)) and 1.58 g (7.1 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (J. Chem., Perkin 1, 1712 (1975)) in 15 ml of methanol are reacted in a bomb tube to yield the title compound, which is isolated by column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/ether 50:1): TLC Rf(J)=0.38; tRet(I)=24.5 min. b) H-fPhe^Phel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 17 a), 258 mg (0.53 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[Phe^PheJ-Boc in 60 ml of methanol are reacted with 10.7 ml of 1M potassium car- 25 0 5 - 126- bonate solution to yield the title compound. Reference Example 31: Z-(L)-Val-\(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 21,18 mg (0.070 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val and 27 mg (0.064 mmol) of H-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc in 0.6 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN are reacted with 26.6 mg (0.070 mmol) of HBTU to yield the title compound, which is purified by dissolving in a small amount of methylene chloride and precipitating with DIPE: FAB-MS (M+H)+=655. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalanine): In 0.41 of dioxane/water 1:1 20 g (109 mmol) of p-fluorophenylalanine (Fluka, Buchs, Switzerland) are reacted with 35.5 g (163 mmol) of Boc-anhydride and 150 g (1.09 mol) of potassium carbonate. After 4 h, the reaction mixture is acidified with citric acid solution and extracted with 3 portions of ethyl acetate. The organic phases are washed with 10 % citric acid, water and brine, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Dissolution of the residue in a small amount of methylene chloride and crystallisation by the addition of hexane yields the title compound: tRet(I)=16.9 min. b) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalaninol): At from -5°C to -10°C 9.66 ml (69 mmol) of triethylamine are added to a solution of 17.9 g (63 mmol) of N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalanine) in 73 ml of abs. THF, and a solution of 9.05 ml (69 mmol) of chloroformic acid isobutyl ester in 44 ml of abs. THF is added dropwise thereto. After stirring for 0.5 h at RT, the resulting precipitate is filtered off with suction. The filtrate is added dropwise, with cooling, to 4.77 g (126 mmol) of sodium borohydride in 28 ml of water. The mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT and then acidified with 10 % citric acid, the THF is partially removed by evaporation using a RE and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, 2 portions of 2N sodium hydroxide solution, water, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate, concentrated by evaporation, dissolved in a small amount of methylene chloride and crystallised by the addition of hexane to yield the title compound: TLC Rf(N)=0.36; tRet(I)=16.8 min; !H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.24 (dd, 8 and 5 Hz, 2 H), 6.98 (t, 8 Hz, 2 H), 3.73 (m, 1 H), 3.47 (d, 5 Hz, 2 H), 2.88 (dd, 13 and 6 Hz, 1 H), 2.62 (dd, 13 and 8 Hz, 1 H), 1.36 (s, 9 H). 25 0 5 5 - Ill - c) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalaninal): Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.44 ml (62.4 mmol) of DMSO dissolved in 76 ml of methylene chloride are added dropwise to a solution, cooled to -60°C, of 4.0 ml (46.8 mmol) of oxalyl chloride in 44 ml of methylene chloride. After stirring for 15 min, resulting in a clear reaction solution, 8.4 g (31.2 mmol) of N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalaninol) in the form of a solution in 185 ml of methylene chloride/THF 1:1 are added (—» precipitation) and the mixture is then stirred for 25 min. 17.3 ml (124.8 mmol) of triethylamine dissolved in 38 ml of methylene chloride are then added. After the mixture has been stirred for 30 min, 278 ml of a 20 % potassium hydrogen sulfate solution are added dropwise, followed by 220 ml of hexane. The mixture is left to warm to RT, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted with 2 portions of ether. The organic phases are washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and brine, dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound, which is used in the next step without being further purified: ^-NMR (200 MHz, CDCI3): 9.63 (s, 1 H), 6.9-7.2 (2m, 4 H), 5.04 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 3.10 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (s, 9 H). d) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hvdroxv-4-(p-fluorophenvl)-l-trimethylsilyl-butane: Analogously to Reference Example 16 a), 1.63 g (67 mmol) of magnesium in 33 ml of abs. ether are reacted with 8.3 ml (60 mmol) of chloromethyltrimethylsilane to form the Grignard compound which, after reaction with 13 mmol of N-Boc-(p-fluorophenyl-alaninal), extraction and column chromatography (SiC>2, hexane/ethyl acetate 5:1 —* 4:1), yields the title compound in the form of a diastereoisomeric mixture: TLC Rf(L)=0.32; tRet(I)=24.9 min (22 %)/25.5 min (78 %); FAB-MS (M+H)+=356. e) l-(p-Fluorophenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amine: Analogously to Reference Example 16 b), 1.1 g (3.1 mmol) of N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-l-trimethylsilyl-butane in 22 ml of methylene chloride are reacted with 1.9 ml (15.5 mmol) of an approximately 48 % solution of boron trifluoride in ether to yield the title compound: *H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 7.2-7.10 and 7.05-6.9 (2m, each 2 H), 5.9-5.8 (m, 1 H), 5.2-5.0 (m, 2 H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 2.79 (dd, 12 and 6 Hz, 1 H), 2.62 (dd, 12 and 8 Hz, 1 H), 1.7 (sb, 2 H). f) N-Trifluoroacetyl- l-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amine: Analogously to Reference Example 16 c), 364 mg (2.2 mmol) of l-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amine in 1.8 ml of methylene chloride and 5.4 ml of pyridine are reacted with 460 jxl (3.3 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid anhydride to yield the title compound, which 250 5 3 -128 - after digestion with hexane is obtained in pure form: TLC Rf(F)=0.58; MS (M)+=261. g) 2(RH 1 '(S)-(Trifluoroacetvlamino)-2'-(p-fluorophenvl)ethyll-oxirane: Analogously to Reference Example 16 d), 359 mg (1.37 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-l-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amine in 9 ml of chloroform are oxidised with 1.18 g (6.87 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid to yield the title compound: TLC Rf{R)=0.45. h) N-Trifluoroacetyl-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 16, 415 mg (1.49 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoro-acetylamino)-2'-(p-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-oxirane and 377 mg (1.57 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate in 9 ml of methanol are reacted to yield the title compound: TLC Rf(S)=0.53; FAB-MS (M+H)+=518; 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 7.4-7.3 and 7.3-7.2 (2m, each 2 H), 7.05-6.9 (m, 4 H), 4.23 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.65 (m, 3 H), 3.03-2.78 and 2.74-2.60 (2m, each 2 H), 1.30 (s, 9 H). i) H-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 17 a), 285 mg (0.55 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc in 45 ml of methanol are reacted with 14 ml of 1M potassium carbonate solution to yield the title compound: tRet(I)=16.4 min. Reference Example 32: Z-(L)-Val-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phel-H: Analogously to Reference Example 18 a), 215 mg (0.33 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc are deprotected with 100 ml of formic acid to yield the title compound: FAB-MS (M+H)+=555. Reference Example 33: Z-(L)-Val-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phel«-(N-(N-(2-pyridvlmethyl)-N-meth vlaminocarbonyl)-(L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 18, 23.6 mg (0.089 mmol) of N-(N-(2-pyridyl-methyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valine (for preparation see EP 402 646 Al, 19th Dec. 1990) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H are reacted with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) of HBTU in 0.76 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN to yield the title compound which is recrystallised with DMF/DIPE: TLC Rf(0)=0.39; FAB-MS (M+H)+=802. 2505 - 129- Reference Example 34: Z-(L)-Val-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-(N-(2(R,SVcarbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl) (L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 18,26.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L)-valine (preparation: Synth., Struct., Funct., Proc. Am. Pept. Symp., 7th, 85, (1981)) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H (Reference Example 32) are reacted with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) of HBTU in 0.76 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN to yield the title compound which is recrystallised with DMF/DIPE: Rf(P)=0.64; FAB-MS (M+H)+=829. Reference Example 35: Acetyl-Val-rPheNNPheV(N-acetvl-Val'): Analogously to Reference Example 7, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-IPhe^PheJ-H^HCl from Reference Example 2a), 121 mg (0.76 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 288 mg (0.76 mmol) of HBTU and 0.211 ml (1.52 mmol) of triethylamine in DMF after lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=568, tRet(I)=15.0 min., Rf{B)=0.46. Reference Example 36: Z-(D)-Val-rPheNNPheV((DVVal')-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 2, the title compound is obtained from 50 mg (0.123 mmol) of H-fPhe^Phel-H^HCl from Reference Example 2a), 95 mg (0.38 mmol) of Z-(D)-valine, 168 mg (0.38 mmol) of BOP, 51 mg (0.38 mmol) of HOBt and 2.53 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=752, tRet(D=26.4 min, Rf(H)=0.21. Reference Example 37: Ouinoline-2-carbonyl-Val-[PheNNPhe1«-(N-quinoline-2-carbonvl-Val): 145 mg (0.53 mmol) of N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-valine, 235 mg (0.53 mmol) of BOP and 72 mg (0.53 mmol) of HOBt are dissolved in 3.5 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF. After 10 min 70 mg (0.18 mmol) of H-fPhe^PheJ-H-HCl (Reference Example 2a)) are added, and the mixture is stirred for 5 h at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, once with 10 % citric acid and once again with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phases are filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation, and the residue is precipitated twice from methylene chloride/methanol by the addition of DIPE. Lyophilisation from dioxane yields the title compound in the form of a white solid (mixture of two diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=794, I 250 5 3 - 130- tRet(A)=29.1 and 29.3 min, Rj(B)=0.81. a) N-(Quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-valine: 3.28 g (15.9 mmol) of N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 2.0 ml (14.5 mmol) of triethylamine are added to a solution of 2.5 g (14.5 mmol) of (L)-valyl-tert-butyl ester and 2.5 g (14.5 mmol) of quinoline-2-carboxylic acid in 100 ml of methylene chloride/THF (10:1) and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to -18° and filtered off from the urea. The filtrate is concentrated by evaporation, and the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed once with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and once with water. The organic phases are filtered through cotton wadding, concentrated by evaporation and, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1), yield N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl-tert-butyl ester. 2.59 g (12.2 mmol) thereof are left at RT in methylene chloride/TFA (1:1) for 4.5 h. After concentration by evaporation the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1). The product-containing fractions are concentrated by evaporation, dissolved in methylene chloride again, and converted into the hydrochloride of the title compound by washing with IN sodium hydroxide solution and IN hydrochloric acid. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.05 and 1.07 (2d, J=6Hz, 6H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dxd, 1H), 8.20 (m, 2H), 8.48 (d, 1H). Reference Example 38: Acetvl-(L)-Val-rPheNNChaV(N-acetyl-(L)-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.40 mmol) of H-tPhe^Chal-H.SHCl from Reference Example 10a), 190 mg (1.19 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 525 mg (1.19 mmol) of BOP, 160 mg (1.19 mmol) of HOBt and 7.9 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from chloroform/methanol with DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=574, tRet(I)=l8.1 min, Rf(B)=0.30. Reference Example 39: N-(3-Pvridvlacetvl)-(L)-Val-rPheNNChaV(N-(3-pvridylacetvl)-(L)-VaD»3HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 7, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of H-tPhe^ChaJ-H-SHCl from Reference Example 10a), 358 mg (1.52 mmol) of N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 9a), 576 mg (1.52 mmol) of HBTU and 0.316 ml (2.28 mmol) of triethylamine in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (15:1) and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=728, tRet(I)=l 1.3 min, Rf(U)=0.21. 25 5 3 5 7 131 Reference Example 40: Acetyl-Ile-rPhe^Chal-CN-acetyl-Ile): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.40 mmol) of H-tPhe^ChaJ-H.SHCl from Reference Example 10a), 206 mg (1.19 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-isoleucine, 525 mg (1.19 mmol) of BOP, 160 mg (1.19 mmol) of HOBt and 7.9 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/methanol by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=602, tRet(I)=20.4 and 20.7 min, R{(D)=0.33. Reference Example 41: Thiomorpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-rPheNNCha1^(N-thiomorpho-linocarbonyl- (L)-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 6, the title compound is obtained starting from 70 mg (0.12 mmol) of H-(L-Val)-[PheNNCha]-(N-(L)-Val)-H.3HCl from Reference Example 14, 58 mg (0.35 mmol) of (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl)chloride from Reference Example 6a) and 0.127 ml of triethylamine in 2 ml of DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (95:5) and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=748, tRet(I)=24.0 min, Rf(B)=0.70. Reference Example 42: Z-(L)-Glu-rPheNN(p-F)PheV((L)-Glu)-Z: A solution of 130 mg (0.14 mmol) of Z-(L)-Glu(0-tert-butyl)-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]^((L)-Glu(0-tert-butyl))-Z [(Glu(O-tert-butyl) here denotes the radical of glutamic acid esterified at the y-carboxy group by a tert-butyl radical] in 8 ml of methylene chloride/TFA (1:1) is stirred for 3 h at RT. The solvent is evaporated off under reduced pressure and the residue is precipitated from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE. The title compound is obtained after lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=830, tRet(I)=19.6 min, Rf(B)=0.32. a)Z-(L)-Glu(Q-tert-butvl)-rPheNN(p-F)Phel>-((L)-Glu(0-tert-butvl))-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H.3HCl, 245 mg (0.73 mmol) of Z-(L)-glutamic acid tert-butyl ester, 321 mg (0.73 mmol) of BOP, 98 mg (0.73 mmol) of HOBt and 4.8 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1). tRet(I)=30.2 min, Rf(H)=0.17. 250 5 3 - 132 - b) H-rPheNN(p-F)Phel-H.3HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained from 1.77 g (3.51 mmol) of Boc-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-Boc after lyophilisation. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=304, Rf(K)=0.19. c) Boc-rPheNN(p-F)Phe1-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 1, the tide compound is obtained starting from 2.0 g (7.60 mmol) of (2R)-[r(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 2.17 g (9.04 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(4-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate from Reference Example 16 f) after chromatographic purification on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=504, tRet(I)=26.2 min, Rf(F)=0.26. Reference Example 43: N-(2-Pvridvlmethyl)-N-methvlaminocarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)-Phel—(N-(N-(2-pvridvlmethvl)-N-methvlaminocarbonvl)-(L)-Yal): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.17 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H.3HCl from Reference Example 42b), 135 mg (0.51 mmol) of N-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valine (preparation as described in EP 0 402 646 Al of 19th Dec. 1990), 225 mg (0.51 mmol) of BOP, 69 mg (0.51 mmol) of HOBt and 3.4 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (15:1) and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=798, tRet(TV)=35 min, Rf(U)=0.21. Reference Example 44: N-(3-(Tetrazol-l-vl)-propionvl)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phe1«-(N-(3-(tetrazol-1 -vl)-propionvl)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) of H-[PheNN)p-F)Phe]-H»3HCl (from Reference Example 42b), 146 mg (0.61 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine, 268 mg (0.61 mmol) of BOP, 82 mg (0.61 mmol) of HOBt and 4 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane (4 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=750, tRet(III)=30.8; 31.4; 32.4 and 32.8 min, Rf(K)=0.5. a) N-(3-(Tetrazol-l-vl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine: Analogously to Reference Example 9b, starting from 4 g (16.4 mmol) of (L)-valine-benzyl ester•HCl, 2.1 g (14.9 mmol) of 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionic acid (preparation: US 4 794 109 A of 27th Dec. 1988), 2.4 ml of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester and 25 0 5 3 - 133- 4.4 ml of triethylamine in DMF, N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine-benzyl ester is obtained after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/-methanol (30:1). 2.66 g (8.03 mmol) thereof are hydrogenated in methanol/water (9:1) in the presence of 530 mg of 10 % palladium on carbon, at 1 atm hydrogen pressure, to yield the title compound after precipitation from methanol/DIPE. *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.9 (d, J=7Hz, 6H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, J=6Hz, 1H), 4.78 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H). Reference Example 45: Z-(L)~Val-rPheNN(p-F)PheV((L)-Val)-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H«3HCl (from Reference Example 42b), 182 mg (0.38 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 321 mg (0.73 mmol) of BOP, 98 mg (0.73 mmol) of HOBt and 4.8 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=770, tRet(I)=26.3 min, Rf(H)=0.25. Reference Example 46: Acetvl-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phel--(N-acetvl-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 80 mg (0.19 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H.3HCl from Reference Example 42b), 124 mg (0.78 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 344 mg (0.78 mmol) of BOP, 105 mg (0.76 mmol) of HOBt and 4.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after dissolving and reprecipitating twice from methylene chloride/methanol by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/-tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=586, tRet(I)=15.8 min, Rf (E)=0.32. Reference Example 47: Acetvl-Val-rPheNN(p-CN)Phel«-(N-acetvl-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained in the form of a mixture of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC from 80 mg (0.19 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-CN)Phe]-H.3HCl, 124 mg (0.78 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 344 mg (0.78 mmol) of BOP, 105 mg (0.78 mmol) of HOBt and 4.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/methanol by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=593, tRet(I)=14.4 and 14.6 min, Rf(D)=0.39. a) H-fPheNN(p-CN)Phel-H.3HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained from 2.69 g (5.27 mmol) of Boc-[PheNN(p-CN)Phe]-Boc after lyophilisation. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=311, Rf(K)=0.16. -134- 25 0 5 b) Boc- rPheNN(p-CN)Phe]-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 1, the title compound is obtained from 2.0 g (7.60 mmol) of (2R)-[r(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 1.87 g (7.6 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(4-cyanophenyl-methyl)-carbazate after crystallisation from methanol/DIPE. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=511, tRet(I)=25 min, Rf(Y)=0.19. c) tert-Butvl-3-(4-cvanophenvl-methyl)-carbazate: Analogously to Reference Example 4b), 10 g (76.3 mmol) of 4-cyanobenzaldehyde and 10 g (76.3 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate in ethanol are reacted to yield 4-cyanophenylcarb-aldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone. 11.1 g thereof are hydrogenated in 150 ml of THF in the presence of 2 g of 10 % palladium on carbon at 2 atm hydrogen pressure to yield the title compound. *H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 7.65 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 6.08 (s, br, 1H), 4.3 (s, br, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H). Reference Example 48: Z-(L)-Yal-IPheNN(p-ClSnPheM(L)-Yal)-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.17 mmol) of H-tPhe^p-ClNOPhej-H^HCl (from Reference Example 47a)), 125 mg (0.5 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 221 mg (0.5 mmol) of BOP, 68 mg (0.5 mmol) of HOBt and 3.33 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=777, tRet(I)=25.3 min, Rf(D)=0.69. Reference Example 49: Z-(L)-De-rPheNNLeu1-((L)-ne)-Z: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol) of H-tPhe^Leul-H^HCl (from Reference Example 13a)), 154 mg (0.58 mmol) of Z-(L)-isoleucine, 257 mg (0.58 mmol) of BOP, 79 mg (0.58 mmol) of HOBt and 3.88 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (3:1) and precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=746, tRet(I)=28.2 min, Rf(H)=0.39. Reference Example 50: Isobutoxycarbonvl-OD-Val-rPhe^Leul-CN-isobutoxvcarbonvl-(U-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol) of H^Phe^Le^-H^HC! (from Reference Example 13a)), 130 mg 2505 - 135- (0.58 mmol) of N-(isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine, 256 mg (0.58 mmol) of BOP, 78 mg (0.58 mmol) of HOBt and 3.9 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1) and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=650, tRet(I)=26.4 min, Rf(H)=0.38. a) N-(Isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine: 11.2 ml (85.3 mmol) of isobutyl chloroformate are added to a solution of 10 g (85.3 mmol) of (L)-valine in 100 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and the solution is stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction solution is washed with methylene chloride, acidified with 4N hydrochloric acid and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic extracts are washed with brine and filtered through cotton wadding to yield the tide compound in the form of a colourless resin after concentration by evaporation. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.95 (m, 12H), 1.9 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.05 (d broad, 1H). Reference Example 51: N-(3-(Tetrazol-l-yl)-propionvl)-(L)-Val-rPheNNLeu~l-(N-3-(tetrazol-1 -y l)-propionyl-(L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 150 mg (0.42 mmol) of H-jPhe^LeuJ-H^HCl (from Reference Example 13a)), 251 mg (1.04 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 44a, 460 mg (1.04 mmol) of BOP, 140 mg (1.04 mmol) of HOBt and 6.9 ml of 0.3M N-methyl-morpholine in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol/water. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=689, tRet(I)=14.7 min, Rf(K)=0.36. Reference Example 52: Acetvl-Val-fPhe^LeuVfN-acetvl-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol) of H-tPhe^LeuJ-H^HQ (from Reference Example 13a)), 184 mg (1.16 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 512 mg (1.16 mmol) of BOP, 156 mg (1.16 mmol) of HOBt and 7.8 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/-methanol by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol/water (2 diastereoisomers distinguishable according to HPLC). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=534, tRet(I)=14.7 and 15.1 min, Rf(D)=0.35. Reference Example 53: Boc-(L)-Val-rPheNNLeu~l--((LVVal)-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 7, the title compound is obtained from 300 mg (0.83 mmol) of H-fPhe^LeuJ-H'SHCl (from Reference Example 13a)), 722 mg (3.33 mmol) of Boc-(L)-valine, 1.262 g (3.33 mmol) of HBTU and 0.927 ml (6.66 mmol) 250 5 -136 - of triethylamine in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (1:1), precipitation of the product-containing fractions and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=650, tRet(I)=26.3 min. Rj(H)=0.64. Reference Example 54: H-^-Val-rPhe^Leul^^-ValVH.SHCl: Analogously to Reference Example 5, the tide compound is obtained from 396 mg (0.61 mmol) of Boc-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]-((L)-Val)-Boc from Reference Example 53 and 10 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane after lyophilisation of the reaction solution. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=450, tRet(H)=24.1 min, Rf(K)=0.25. Reference Example 55: N-Thiomorpholinocarbonyl-(L')-Val-rPheNNLeu«-(N-thiomorpho-linocarbonvl(L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 6, the tide compound is obtained in the form of an amorphous solid starting from 100 mg (0.16 mmol) of H-(L)-Val-[Phe^Leu]«-(L)-Val-H«3HC1, 78.5 mg (0.47 mmol) of (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl)chloride from Reference Example 6a and 0.172 ml of triethylamine in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (95:5), precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride/hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=708, tReta)=21.4 min, Rf(E)=0.45. Reference Example 56: 2(R,S)-Tetrahvdrofurvl-methoxvcarbonyl-(L)-Val-[ Cha^Leul --(N-2(R,SV tetrahydrofuryl-methoxvcarbonyl- (L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 80 mg (0.22 mmol) of H-tCha^Leuj-H^HCl, 160 mg (0.65 mmol) of N-(2(R,S)-tetrahydro-fuiyl-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine, 289 mg (0.65 mmol) of BOP, 88 mg (0.65 mmol) of HOBt and 4.35 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with ethyl acetate and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=712, tRet(I)=22.4 min, Rj(E)=0.21. a) H-f Cha^Leul -H»3HC1: Analogously to Reference Example 5, 100 mg (83 %) of the title compound are obtained from 150 mg (0.33 mmol) of Boc-fCha^LeuJ-Boc and 10 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane after lyophilisation of the reaction solution. Rf(K)=0.26.b) 250 5 - 137 - Boc-fCha^Leul-Boc A solution of 200 mg (0.24 mmol) of Boc-fPhe^LeuJ-Boc (Reference Example 12) in 15 ml of methanol is hydrogenated for 4 h at 1 atm hydrogen pressure in the presence of 10 mg of Nishimura-catalyst (Rh(III)- and Pt(IV)-oxide monohydrate, Degussa). The catalyst is removed by filtration, the solvent is fully concentrated by evaporation and the title compound is obtained after crystallisation from methylene chloride/hexane. tRet(I)=26.7 min, Rf(V)=0.21. c) N-(2(R,S)-Tetrahydrofuryl-methoxycarbonyl')-(L)-valine: Analogously to Reference Example 50a, the title compound is obtained in the form of a mixture of 2 diastereoisomers from 7 g (60 mmol) of (L)-valine and 9.8 g (60 mmol) of 2(R,S)-tetrahydrofurylmethyl-chloroformate (Heterocycles 27,1155 (1988)) in 100 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 30 ml of dioxane. tRet(II)=23.5 and 23.8 min. Reference Example 57: Z-Val-rPheNNLeul<-(N-(3-(tetrazol-l-vl)-propionyl)-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 100 mg (0.21 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^LeuJ-H, 75 mg (0.31 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 44a, 137 mg (0.31 mmol) of BOP, 42 mg (0.31 mmol) of HOBt and 2 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=708, tRet(I)=21.1 and 21.1 min, Rf(D)=0.45. a) Z- (LVVal- fPhe^Leul -H: A solution of 250 mg (0.43 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]-Boc in 5 ml of formic acid is stirred for 7.5 h at RT. After that time no more starting material can be detected by HPLC analysis (tRet(I)=27.5 min), and the reaction solution is concentrated by evaporation. The residue is dissolved in chloroform and washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The chloroform phase is filtered through cotton wadding and yields the crude title compound after removal of the solvent by evaporation. tRet(I)=16.7 min, Rf(K)=0.21. b) Z-fLVVal-rPhe^Leul-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 230 mg (0.653 mmol) of H-jPhe^LeuJ-Boc, 247 mg (0.98 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 434 mg (0.98 mmol) of BOP, 133 mg (0.98 mmol) of HOBt and 6.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/methanol by the addition of DIPE. FAB-MS: 250 5 -138 - (M+H)+=585, tRet(I)=27.5 min, Rf(C)=0.71. c) H-rPhe^Leul-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 17a), the title compound is obtained starting from 1.27 g (2.84 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-fPhe^Leul-Boc and 24 ml of IN aqueous sodium carbonate solution in 90 ml of methanol by precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE. tRet(I)=14.9 min, Rf(K)=0.38. d) N-Trifluoroacetyl- rPhe^Leu] -B oc: Analogously to Reference Example 16, the title compound is obtained starting from 3 g (11.57 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane from Reference Example 16d) and 2.3 g (12.15 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-isobutyl-carbazate (preparation: J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I, 1712 (1975)) after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (20:1). tRet(I)=24.7 min, Rj(W)=0.36. Reference Example 58: Acetvl-Val-[PheNNLeuV(N-(2(R,S)-carbamovl-3-Dhenyl-propionvD-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 140 mg (0.3 mmol) of acetyl-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]-H*2HCl, 132 mg (0.45 mmol) of N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L)-valine (preparation: Synth., Struct., Funct., Proc. Am. Pept. Symp., 7th, 85, (1981)), 199 mg (0.45 mmol) of BOP, 61 mg (0.45 mmol) of HOBt and 3.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=667, tRet(I)=17.9 and 18.4 min, Rf(D)=0.33. a) Acetyl-Val- fPhe^Leul -H»2HC1: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained starting from 230 mg (0.46 mmol) of acetyl-(L)-Val- [Phe^LeuJ-Boc after lyophilisation. tRet(I)=10.5 min, Rf(D)=0.38. b) Acetyl-Val-rPhe^Leul-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 250 mg (0.71 mmol) of H-fPhe^LeuJ-Boc from Reference Example 57c), 170 mg (1.07 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 471 mg (1.07 mmol) of BOP, 144 mg (1.07 mmol) of HOBt and 7.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=493, tRet(I)=20.5 min, - 139- 250535 Rf<D)=0.59. Reference Example 59: N-Morpholinocarbonvl-(LVVal-IPheNNLeul«-(N-(3-(tetrazol-l-vD-propionyl)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 100 mg (0.19 mmol) of N-morpholino-carbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]-H«2HCl, 67 mg (0.38 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 44a, 124 mg (0.28 mmol) of BOP, 38 mg (0.28 mmol) of HOBt and 2.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by die addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=687, tRet(I)=15.2 and 15.4 min, Rf(D)=0.25. a)N-Morpholinocarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPheNNLeul-H.2HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained starting from 279 mg (0.49 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-CLJ-VaHPhe^LeuJ-Boc after lyophilisation. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=464, tRet(II)=30.3 min, Rf(D)=0.46. b) N-Morpholinocarbonyl-flD-Yal-rPhe^Leul-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 250 mg (0.71 mmol) of H-IPhe^LeuJ-Boc (from Reference Example 57c)), 265 mg (1.07 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine from Reference Example 7a), 471 mg (1.07 mmol) of BOP, 144 mg (1.07 mmol) of HOBt and 7.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=564, tRet(I)=21.5 min, Rf(K)=0.69. Reference Example 60: N-Trifluoroacetvl-fPheNNLeuV(N-(2(R,S)-carbamovl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 136 mg (0.32 mmol) of N-trifluoro-acetyl-[PheNNLeu]-H*2HCl, 142 mg (0.49 mmol) of N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-prop-ionyl)-(L)-valine (preparation: Synth., Struct., Funct., Proc. Am. Pept. Symp., 7th, 85, (1981)), 215 mg (0.49 mmol) of BOP, 66 mg (0.49 mmol) of HOBt and 3.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with chloroform/methanol (15:1), precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=622, tRet(I)=21.6 and 22.0 min, Rf(K)=0.26. - 140- 2 5 0 5 3 a)N-Trifluoroacctvl-rPheNNLeul-H.2HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained starting from 300 mg (0.67 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-fPhe^Leul-Boc from Reference Example 57d) after lyophilisation. Rf(W)<0.1. Reference Example 61: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNNNle1<-(N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl')-3-methvl)-butvrvl'): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 100 mg (0.17 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^Nle]-H*2HC1, 69 mg (0.27 mmol) of 2(R,S)-(N-(2-moipholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3 -methylbutyric acid (isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-morpholinoethyl)monoamide), 119 mg (0.27 mmol) of BOP, 36 mg (0.27 mmol) of HOBt and 2.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=725, tRet(I)=17.2 and 17.6 min, Rj(D)=0.56. a) Z-(L)-Val-rPheNNNlel-H.2HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained starting from 310 mg (0.53 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNNNle]-Boc after lyophilisation. tRet(I)=16.4 min, Rf(U)=0.25. b) Z-fLVVal-rPhe^Nlel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 250 mg (0.71 mmol) of H-pPhe^NleJ-Boc, 268 mg (1.07 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine, 472 mg (1.07 mmol) of BOP, 144 mg (1.07 mmol) of HOBt and 7.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (40:1) and precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride/DIPE. tRet(D=25.6 min, Rf(X)=0.17. c) H-fPhe^Nlel-Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 17a), the title compound is obtained starting from 830 mg (1.85 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-fPhe^Nlej-Boc after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE. tRet(I)=15.4 min, Rf(K)=0.54. 250 5 3 - 141 - d) N-Trifluoroacetyl- [Phe^Nlel -Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 16, the title compound is obtained starting from 1 g (3.86 mmol) of 2(R)-[r-(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane from Reference Example 16d) and 720 mg (3.86 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-butyl-carbazate after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/ether (20:1). tRet(I)=25.3 min, Rf(Q)=0.43. e) tert-Butyl-3-butyl-carbazate: Analogously to Reference Example 4b), the corresponding tert-butoxycarbonyl-hydrazone (25 g, 99 %) is obtained from 18.0 g (136.2 mmol) of tert-butyl-carbazate and 12.3 ml (136.2 mmol) of n-butanal in the form of a crude product, which is hydrogenated as described in Reference Example 4a) in the presence of 10 g of 5% platinum on carbon at 4 atm hydrogen pressure. Chromatographic purification of the crude product on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate (1:1) yields the title compound. Rf(N)=0.44, ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD). 0.92 (t, J=7Hz, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.30 to 1.50 (m, 4H), 2.75 (t, J=7Hz, 2H). f) 2(R,S)-(N-(2-Morpholinoethvl)-carbamovlV3-methylbutvric acid Analogously to Reference Example 9b) there is obtained from 7 g (43.7 mmol) of racemic isopropylmalonic acid monomethyl ester (Chem. Ber. 119,1196 (1986)), 6.3 ml (48.1 mmol) of aminoethyl-morpholine, 6.6 ml (43.7 mmol) of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester and 12.8 ml (91.8 mmol) of triethylamine in DMF, 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholino-ethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester (isopropylmalonic acid N-morpho-linoethylamide methyl ester). This is stirred for 5 h in a mixture of 28 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 28 ml of dioxane at RT, acidified with 2N hydrochloric acid and fully concentrated by evaporation. The residue is digested with ethanol, filtered off, and concentration by evaporation of the filtrate yields the title compound. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.95 and 1.00 (2d, J=7H, 6H), 2.25 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 6H), 2.75 (d, J=8Hz, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 4H). Reference Example 62: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNNNlel-(N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl')-propionvl)-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC) from 100 mg (0.18 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[pheNnNleJ-H^HCl (from Reference Example 61a)), 65 mg (0.27 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 44a, 119 mg (0.27 mmol) of BOP, 36 mg (0.27 mmol) of HOBt and 2.1 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after 25 0 5 - 142- precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=708, tRet(I)=20.3 and 20.6 min, Rf(D)=0.43. Reference Example 63: Z-(LVVal-rPheNNNleV(N-(2(R.SV(N-(2-pvridvlmethylV carbamovl)-3-methvl)-butyrvl) (dibenzenesulfonate): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained in the form of the free amine from 95 mg (0.17 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNNNle]-H*2HCl from Reference Example 61a), 60 mg (0.26 mmol) of (R,S)-isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-picolyl)-mono-amide, 113 mg (0.26 mmol) of BOP, 35 mg (0.26 mmol) of HOBt and 2.0 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/-methanol (15:1). The free amine is dissolved in methylene chloride, 2 equivalents of benzenesulfonic acid are added, and precipitation is effected by the addition of DIPE. Lyophilisation from tert-butanol yields the dibenzenesulfonate salt (in the form of 2 diastereoisomers distinguishable by HPLC). FAB-MS: (M+H)+=703, tRet(I)=17.7 and 18.0 min, Rf(D)=0.54. a) Isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-picolyl)monoamide: 10.6 ml (103 mmol) of N-methylmorpholine are added to a solution of 15 g (93.6 mmol) of isopropylmalonic acid monomethyl ester (preparation: Chem. Ber. 119,1196 (1986)) in 150 ml of THF and subsequently 13.5 ml (103 mmol) of isobutyl chloroformate are added dropwise thereto. After 30 min 15.3 ml (150 mmol) of 2-picolylamine are added and the resulting suspension is stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with IN sodium hydroxide solution and water and washed with methylene chloride, and the organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation. Crystallisation of the residue yields isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-picolylamide) methyl ester, which is hydro-lysed in 2N sodium hydroxide solution and dioxane as described in Reference Example 61f) to yield the title compound. tRet(II)=16.0 min. Reference Example 64: Z-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)PheV(N-(3-(tetrazol-l-vl)-propionvl)-(L)-Val) (benzenesulfonate): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained in the form of the free amine from 100 mg (0.16 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H from Reference Example 22a), 59 mg (0.25 mmol) of N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Reference Example 44a, 109 mg (0.25 mmol) of BOP, 33 mg (0.25 mmol) of HOBt and 1.19 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE. The free amine is dissolved in methylene chloride/methanol, 1 equivalent 25053 - 143- of benzenesulfonic acid is added, and precipitation is effected by adding hexane. Lyophilisation from tert-butanol yields the title compound in the form of the benzenesulfonate salt. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=760, tRet(I)=21.6 min, Rf(B)=0.49. Reference Example 65: Methvlsulfonvl-rPheNNPhel-(N-phenvlacetyl-(L')-Val'): 132 mg (0.28 mmol) of methylsulfonyl-[PheNNPhe]-H«2HCl are reacted analogously to Reference Example 7 with 197 mg (0.84 mmol) of N-phenylacetyl-(L)-valine (preparation: Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agric. 20, 51 (1978)), 317 mg (0.84 mmol) of HBTU and 0.23 ml (1.67 mmol) of triethylamine in DMF to yield the title compound after precipitation from methanol by the addition of ether. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=581, tRet(I)=20.2 min, Rf(B)=0.64. a)Methvlsulfonvl-rPheNNPhel-H.2HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a), the title compound is obtained starting from 130 mg (0.28 mmol) of methylsulfonyl-fPhe^PheJ-Boc after lyophilisation. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=364, tRet(H)=28.5 min, Rf (K)=0.56. b) MethylsulfonyHPhe^Phe] -Boc: Analogously to Reference Example 16a), the title compound is obtained in the form of a diastereoisomeric mixture in a ratio of 4:1 starting from 1.1 g (4.56 mmol) of 2(R)-[1'(S)-(methylsulfonylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 1.11 g (5.02 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (preparation: J. Chem. Soc. Perkin 1,1712 (1975)). By crystallisation from methylene chloride/hexane the ratio in favour of the 2S-diastereoisomer is improved to 10:1. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=464, tRet(I)=21.3 min, Rf(N)=0.26. c) 2(R)-rr(S)-(Methvlsulfonvlamino)-2,-phenylethvlloxirane: 2.36 g (13.6 mmol) of methanesulfonic acid anhydride and 1.88 ml (13.6 mmol) of triethylamine are added at 0°C to a solution of 1 g (6.8 mmol) of l-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine from Reference Example 16b) in 10 ml of methylene chloride and the mixture is stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and the organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation to yield 2(S)-methylsulfonylamino-l-phenyl-3-butene, 1 g (4.4 mmol) of that crude product is dissolved in 30 ml of methylene chloride, 3.05 g (17.7 mmol) of 4-chloroperbenzoic acid are added at RT and stirring is carried out for 18 h. The reaction solution is washed 5 times with 10 % aqueous sodium sulfite solution, filtered through cotton wadding and fully concentrated by evaporation. According to JH-NMR the crude product contains both the (2R)- and the (2S)-epimer in a ratio of 4:1. 25 0 5 - 144- *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 2.30 and 2.52 (2 s, together 3H), 2.6 to 3.2 (m, 5H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 5H). Reference Example 66: Methoxvcarbonyl-(L)-Val-rPheNNLeu~l-(N-methoxvcarbonvl-(D-VaT): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.55 mmol) of H-fPhe^Leuj-H-SHCl (from Reference Example 13a)), 291 mg (1.66 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (preparation: Chem. Lett 705, (1980)), 735 mg (1.66 mmol) of BOP, 225 mg (1.66 mmol) of HOBt and 11 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=566, tRet(I)=18.6 min, Rf(U)=0.33. Reference Example 67: Methoxycarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-F)Phe]«-(N-methoxv-carbonyl-(L)-VaD: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.48 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H«3HCl (from Reference Example 42b)), 255 mg (1.45 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (preparation: Chem. Lett. 705, (1980)), 643 mg (1.45 mmol) of BOP, 196 mg (1.45 mmol) of HOBt and 9.7 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride/DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=618, tRet(I)=19.5 min, Rf(U)=0.22. Reference Example 68: Methoxvcarbonvl-(L)-Val-rPheNN(p-CN)PheV(N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-V al): Analogously to Reference Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.48 mmol) of H-[PheNN(p-CN)Phe]-H.3HCl (from Reference Example 47a)), 250 mg (1.43 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (preparation: Chem. Lett. 705, (1980)), 631 mg (1.43 mmol) of BOP, 193 mg (1.43 mmol) of HOBt and 9.5 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride/methanol (15:1) and lyophilisation of the product-containing fractions from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=625, tRet(I)=l 8 min, Rf(U)=0.31. Reference Example 69: Z-(L)-Val-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)PheV(N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholino-ethyl)-carbamovl)-3-methvl)-butyrvl): Analogously to Reference Example 18,23.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpho-linoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methylbutyric acid (Reference Example 61 f)) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H (Reference Example 32) are reacted 25 0 5 3 - 145 - with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) of HBTU in 0.76 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN to yield the tide compound which is reprecipitated with DMF/DIPE: TLC Rf(P)=0.42; FAB-MS (M+H)+=795. Reference Example 70: Z-(L)-Val-r(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phel-(N-(2(R.S)-(N-(2-pyridvl-methyl)-carbamovl)-3-methvl)-butvryl): Analogously to Reference Example 18,21.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of rac. isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-picolyl)amide (Reference Example 63 a)) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H (Reference Example 32) are reacted with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) of HBTU in 0.76 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN to yield the tide compound which is reprecipitated with DMF/DEPE: TLC Rf(P)=0.52; FAB-MS (M+H)+=773. Reference Example 71: The following compounds can be prepared analogously to one of the afore-mentioned processes: a) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]—((L)-Val)^(N-morpholinocarbonyl-Gly); b) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe]»-((L)-V al)«-(N-morpholino-carbonyl-Gly); c) N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]«-((L)-Val)-Z; d) N-(morpholinosulfonyl)-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]«-(N-(morpholinosulfonyl)-(L)-Val); e) N-(0uinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-Asn-fPheNNChal-((L)-Val)-Z (= l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparagyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine): Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 27 mg (0.107 mmol) of Z-valine in 0.59 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF are activated with 47 mg (0.107 mmol) of BOP and 14 mg (0.107 mmol) of HOBT and, after 15 min, 50 mg (0.089 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparagyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine are added. The mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT and concentrated by evaporation under HV. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with saturated NaHC03 solution, water and brine, the aqueous phases are extracted twice with methylene chloride, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate/ethanol 100:3) yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(D')=0.21; tRet(V)=16.7 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=794. The starting material is prepared as follows: 25 0 5 - 146- i) l-f2(SVHvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparagvDamino-4-phenvl-butvH-1 - f c vclohex ylmeth vll-hydrazdne Analogously to Example 27 (see below), 921 mg (1.39 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparagyl) amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 -[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxy-carbonyl]-hydrazine (Example 29, see below) in 37 ml of formic acid are reacted to form the title compound and used direcdy in the next step. f) N-(Quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val) Example 1: l-r2(S)-Acetoxv-3(S)-(N-(2-methoxvethoxvcarbonyl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4- phenvl-butvll-l-rcvclohexvlmethvll-2-rN-(2-methoxvethoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyll- hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200 mg (0.29 mmol) of N-(2-methoxy-ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val-[PheNNCha]-(N-(2-methoxy-ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val) in 4 ml of THF and 60 pi (0.43 mmol) of triethylamine are acetylated with 40 jjlI (0.43 mmol) of acetic anhydride for 3 h at RT in the presence of 0.5 mg (0.003 mmol) of DMAP. The reaction mixture is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, water, saturated NaHCC>3 solution and brine. The title compound is obtained from the organic phases after drying with Na2S04, concentrating by evaporation and column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol 30:1): TLC Rf(Z)=0.17; tRet(I)=22.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=736. The starting materials are prepared as follows: a) N-(2-Methoxv-ethoxvcarbonyl)-(L)-Val-rPheNNChal«-(N-(2-niethoxv-ethoxvcar-bonvl)-(L)-Val): Analogously to Reference Example 2, 820 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-(2-methoxy-ethoxycar-bonyl)-(L)-valine are activated with 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP and 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBT in 25 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF and, after 10 min, reacted with 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-fPhe^Chal-H (hydrochloride salt) (see Reference Example 10a) for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, and the residue is dissolved in CHC13 and washed with 10 % citric acid solution, saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted with 2 portions of CHC13, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, CHCl3/MeOH 30:1) and precipitation with hexane from a CH2C12 solution yields the title compound: TLC Rf(T)=0.37; tRet(I)=21.5 min; FAB-MS 250 5 - 147- (M+H)+=694. b) Chloroformic acid (2-methoxy-ethyl) ester: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 13.3 ml (168 mmol) of 2-methoxy-ethanol are added dropwise at from 0 to 5°C to 100 ml (202 mmol) of a 20 % solution of phosgene in toluene, and the mixture is stirred for 90 min at 0°C and for 18 h at RT to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture is extracted with water, and the organic phase is filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation: IR (CH2CI2): inter alia 3055w, 2995w, 2935w, 2895w, 2825w, 1775s, 1167s, 1127s; !H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.64 and 4.44 (2t, J=5 Hz, each 2 H). c) N-(2-Methoxy-ethoxvcarbonyl)-(L)-valine: A solution of 3.06 g (22.1 mmol) of chloroformic acid (2-methoxy-ethyl) ester in 18 ml of dioxane is added to 2.59 g (22.1 mmol) of L-valine in 26.4 ml of 2N NaOH and the mixture is then stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is extracted with chloroform, and the inorganic phase is acidified with 4N HC1 and extracted again with chloroform. The chloroform phase last obtained is dried and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound: *H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCI3): 0.92 and 0.99 (2d, J=7 Hz, 6 H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.59 and 4.24 (2m, each 2 H), 4.3 (m, 1 H), 5.4 (d, J=9 Hz, HN), 8.5 (sb, 1 H). Example 2: l-r2(S)-Acetoxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenvl-butyll -1 - r c vclohexylmethyll -2- rN-(methoxvcarbonyl)- (L)-valyll -hydrazine: Analogously to Example 1, 200 mg (0.33 mmol) of N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val-[PheNNCha]-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val) in 4 ml of THF and 68 pi (0.50 mmol) of triethylamine are reacted with 46 |il (0.50 mmol) of acetic anhydride in the presence of 1.2 mg (0.01 mmol) of DMAP. Precipitation with DIPE from a concentrated solution of the crude product in methanol yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(A')=0.42; tRet(I)=22.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=648. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-fMethoxvcarbonvD-CLVVal-rPhe^ChaWN-QnethoxvcarbonvD-CLVVal) (= l-[2(S)-hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyn-l-rcvclo-hexylmeth yll-2-fN-( methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-^valyll -hydrazine): Analogously to Reference Example 2,1.47 g (8.4 mmol) of N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine are activated with 3.71 g (8.4 mmol) of BOP and 1.13 g (8.4 mmol) of HOBT in - 148- 25 0 ^ - - "" " W V '...7 54 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF and, after 15 min, reacted with 1.12 g (2.8 mmol) of H-jPhe^ChaJ-H (hydrochloride salt) (see Reference Example 10a) for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation using a RE at 50°C (—»• brown residue), and the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted with 2 portions of methylene chloride and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Filtration through silica gel (methylene chloride/methanol 15:1) and precipitation twice with DIPE from a concentrated methylene chloride solution yields the title compound: TLC Rf(U)=0.33; tRet(I)=21.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=606. The starting material is prepared as follows: b) N-(Methoxvcarbonyl)-(L)-valine: 5.67 g (60 mmol) of chloroformic acid methyl ester are added to 7.0 g (60 mmol) of L-valine in 100 ml of 2N NaOH and 30 ml of dioxane (—► exothermic reaction) and the mixture is then stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is extracted with methylene chloride and the aqueous phase is acidified with 27 ml of 4N HC1 and extracted again with methylene chloride. Drying and concentration by evaporation of the latter methylene chloride phase yields the title compound: tRet(I)=7.2 min; !H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.96 (t, J=7 Hz, 6 H), 2.16 (m, 1 H), 3.67 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (m, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J=8 Hz, HNpartially exchanged)- Example 3: l-r2(S)-(2-Pvridvlcarbonvl)oxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonyl)-CL)-valvDamino-4-phenvl-butvn-l-rcvclohexylmethvl"|-2-rN-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvll-hydrazine Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 56 (il (0.4 mmol) of l-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-l-propen-amine (B. Haveaux, A., Dekoker, M. Rens, A J?. Sidani, J. Toye, L. Ghosez, MMurakami, M. Yoshioka, and W. Nagata, Organic Syntheses 59,26 (1980)) are added at 0°C to 81 mg (0.66 mmol) of 2-picolinic acid in 4 ml of methylene chloride. After 45 min at RT, 1.3 ml of pyridine, 100 mg (0.165 mmol) of N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val-[PheNNCha].-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val) (Example 2 a) and a spatula tip of DMAP are added and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The dark reaction mixture is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution, water and brine. Column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate) of the concentration residue of the methylene chloride phase dried with Na2S04 yields the pure title compound: TLC: Rf(0)=0.23; tRet(I)=22.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=711. 250 0 £ V'» -149- Example 4: The following are prepared in accordance with one of the afore-mentioned processes: a) l-[2(S)-propionyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine b) l-[2(S)-butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; c) l-[2(S)-pentanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)ammo-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; d) l-[2(S)-octanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; e) l-[2(S)-decanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; f) 1 - [2(S )-dodecanoy loxy-3 (S)- (N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valy l)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; g) 1 -[2(S)-pivaloyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; h) 1 - [2(S )-(2-fury lcarbonyl)oxy-3 (S )-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; i) l-[2(S)-(4-imidazolylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; j) l-[2(S)-(4-imidazolylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; k) l-[2(S)-(3-(4-imidazolyl)-propionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; 1) l-[2(S)-benzoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l- [cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; m) l-[2(S)-(2-pyridylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- buty 1] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-(methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine; n) l-[2(S)-(3-(pyridin-2-yl)-propionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino- 4-phenylbutyl)] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2-[N- (methoxycarbony 1)-(L)-valy 1] -hydrazine; o) l-[2(S)-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; p) l-[2(S)-(aminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; q) l-[2(S)-(N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; - 150- r) l-[2(S)-(N,N-dimethylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; s) l-[2(S)-(N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; t) l-[2(S)-prolyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l- [cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; u) l-[2(S)-(4-morpholinomethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)- amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; v) l-[2(S)-(4-chloromethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; w) l-[2(S)-(3-carboxypropionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valy 1] -hydrazine. Example 5: From the title compounds of Reference Examples 1 to 70, there are prepared in accordance with one of the above-mentioned processes the monoacetylated derivatives that contain a 2(S)-acetoxy group instead of the free 2(S)-hydroxy group in the relevant central divalent radical derivatised from butan-2(S)-ol and designated -[Phe^Phe], -[Phe^Cha], -[Phe^Leu], -[Phe^Nle], -[PheNN(p-F)Phe], -[(p-F)PheNN(p-F)Phe], -[PheNN(p-CN)Phe] or-[Cha^Leu], Example 6: The following compounds are prepared in accordance with one of the above-mentioned processes (the starting materials are indicated in square brackets ([]) (e.g. the respective Reference Example of which the title compound is used as starting material)): a) l-[2(S)-(2-furylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl)]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 2 and furan-2-carboxylic acid chloride]; b) l-[2(S)-pivaloyloxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 11 and pivalic acid anhydride]; c) l-[2(S)-(N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(morpholinocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 -[p-fluorophenylmethyl] -2- [N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 18 and N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methyl-aminoacetic acid with subsequent hydrogenolysis of the resulting 2(S)-(N-benzyloxy- 25 0 5 -151 - carbonyl-N-methylaminoacetyl compound catalysed by Pd/C]; d) l-[2(S)-(N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(morpho-linocarbonyl)-glycyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 24 and N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methylaminoacetic acid chloride]; e) l-[2(S)-(N,N-dimethylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)-(L)-aspart-oyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 27 and dimethylaminoacetic acid chloride]; f) 1 - [2(S )-(2-pyridylcarbonyl)oxy- 3 (S)- (N- (benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)- aspartoyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 28 and 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid chloride); g) l-[2(S)-(4-(morpholinomethyl)benzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-butyl] -1 - [p-fluoropheny Imethyl] -2- [tert-butoxycarbonyl] -hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 31 and 4-morpholinomethyl-benzoic acid by way of the acid chloride in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-l-chloro-propen-(l )-amine]; h) 1 - [2(S )-benzoy loxy-3 (S)- (N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-(p-fluoro-phenyl)-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methylaminocar-bonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 33 and benzoyl chloride]; i) l-[2(S)-(4-chloromethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 34 and 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-l-chloropropen-(l)-amine]; j) l-[2(S)-(imidazol-4-ylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-acetyl-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 35 and l-tritylimidazolyl-4-acetic acid (prepared from trityl chloride and 4-imidazolyl-acetic acid in the presence of pyridine) in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-l-chloro-propen-(l)-amine by way of the trityl-protected intermediate with subsequent acidolytic removal of the trityl protecting group, e.g. using trifluoroacetic acid]; k) l-[2(S)-(2-pyridylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-quinolin-2-yl-carbonyl-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 37 and 2-pyridineacetic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl- -152 - 250 5 3 1 -chloropropen- (1 )-amine]; 1) l-[2(S)-(3-pyridylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 38 and 3-pyridineacetic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-l-chloropropen-( 1 )-amine]; m) l-[2(S)-(4-pyridylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 39 and 4-pyridineacetic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-1 -chloropropen- (1 )-amine]; n) l-[2(S)-(quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methylamino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylraethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 43 and quinoline-2-carboxylic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-1 -chloropropen-( l)-amine]; o) l-[2(S)-(2-pyrrolidinylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 45 and proline in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl- l-chloropropen-( l)-amine]; p) l-[2(S)-propionyloxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [p-cy anophenylmethyl]-2- [N- (benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 48 and propanoic acid anhydride]; q) l-[2(S)-butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-isoleucyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-isoleucyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 49 and butyric acid anhydride]; r) l-[2(S)-pentanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-(isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 50 and pentanoic acid chloride]; s) l-[2(S)-decanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-acetyl-valyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 52 and decanoic acid in the presence of N,N,2-trimethy 1-1-chloropropen-(l)-amine]; t) l-[2(S)-dodecanoyloxy-3(S)-N-valyl-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-valyl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 54, protected at the two free valylamino groups by benzyloxycarbonyl, in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-l-chloro-propen-(l)-amine with subsequent hydrogenolytic removal of the benzyloxycarbonyl protecting groups from the obtainable intermediate]; u) l-[2(S)-(3-carboxypropionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(thiomorpholinocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)- 25 0 5 3 - 153 - amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [isobutyl] -2- [N-(thiomorpholinocarbonyl) -(L)-valy l]-hydrazine [prepared from the title compound of Reference Example 55 and succinic acid anhydride in the presence of pyridine]; v) l-[2(S)-(4-imidazolylacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)propionyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [prepared from the tide compound of Reference Example 57 and l-trityl-4-imidazolyl-acetic acid analogously to Example 6 j]; w) l-[2(S)-(furan-2-ylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [prepared from the tide compound of Reference Example 58 and furan-2-carboxylic acid chloride]; x) l-[2(S)-pivaloyloxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [n-butyl] -2- [2(R,S)- (N-(2-moipholinoethyl)carbamoyl)-3-methylbutyryl] -hydrazine [prepared from the tide compound of Reference Example 61 and pivalic acid anhydride]; y) l-[2(S)-(N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycar-bonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[n-butyl]-2-[N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 62 analogously to Example 6 d]; z) l-[2(S)-(N-methylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[n-butyl]-2-[N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl]-hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 63 by way of the 2(S)-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-methylaminoacetoxy analogue by hydrogenolysis in accordance with Example 6 c]. Example 7: The following compounds are prepared in accordance with one of the above-mentioned processes (the starting materials are given in square brackets (Q) (e.g. the respective Reference Example of which the tide compound is used as starting material)); a) l-[2(S)-(N,N-dimethylaminoacetyl)oxy-3(S)-((N-benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [p-fluoropheny Imethyl] -2-[N- (3 - (tetrazol-1 -y l)-propionyl)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 64 and dimethylamino-acetic acid chloride]; b) l-[2(S)-(pyridin-2-ylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[isobutyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 66 and 2-pyridinecarboxylic acid chloride]. c) l-[2(S)-(4-morpholinomethylbenzoyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-fluorophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- 250535 -154- hydrazine [from the tide compound of Reference Example 67 and 4-morpholinomethyl-benzoic acid (by way of the acid chloride in the presence of N,N,2-trimethyl-1-chloropropen^ 1 )-amine)]; d) l-[2(S)-benzoyloxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-cyanophenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine [from the title compound of Reference Example 68 and benzoic acid anhydride]. Example 8: 1 - [2(S")-Hydroxy-3 (S)-(N-allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyll -l-[cvclohexvlmethvl]-2-[N-allvloxvcarbonyl-(L)-valvll-hvdrazine Analogously to Reference Example 2, the tide compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-[PheNNCha]-H-3HCl from Reference Example 10a, 753 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valine, 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP, 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBt and 24.7 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after precipitation twice from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=658, tRet(I)=25.5 min, Rf(H)=0.44. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: a) Allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valine: The title compound is obtained in the form of a colourless oil analogously to Reference Example lc) starting from 10 g (85.3 mmol) of (L)-valine and 10.3 g (85.3 mmol) of allyl chloroformate. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 6.05 - 5.8 (m, IH), 5.35 (s, broad, IH), 5.20 (m, 2H), 4.60 (d, broad, J=6 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (m, IH), 2.25 (m, IH), 1.00 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H). Example 9: l-[2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-ethoxvcarbonvl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutvll-1 - f cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-ethoxvcarbonyl-(L)-valyll -hydrazine Analogously to Reference Example 2, the tide compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H- [Phe^^Cha] -H* 3 HC1 from Reference Example 10a, 708 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine, 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP, 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBt and 24.7 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/diethyl ether (1:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=634, tRet(I)=24.2 min., Rf(H)=0.3. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: 250535 - 155 - a) N-Ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine: Analogously to Reference Example lc, the title compound is obtained in the form of a colourless oil starting from 10 g (85.3 mmol) of (L)-valine and 9.3 g (85.3 mmol) of ethyl chloroformate. !H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCI3): 5.15 (d, broad, IH), 4.32 (m, IH), 4.15 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 2.25 (m, IH), 1.25 (t, J=7Hz, 3H) 0.98 (d, J=7Hz, 3H), 0.92 (d, J=7Hz, 3H). Example 10: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-trifluoroacetvl-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenylbutvl1-1-[cvclohexvlmethvl]-2-rN-trifluoroacetvl-(L)-valvn-hvdrazine Analogously to Reference Example 2, the tide compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Cha]-H-3HCl from Reference Example 10a, 798 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-(L)-valine, 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP, 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBt and 24.7 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/diethyl ether (1:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=682, tRet(I)=26.1 min. Rf(H)=0.65. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: a) N-Trifluoroacetyl-(L)-valine: At 0°, 6 ml (42.8 mmol) of trifluoroacetic anhydride are added dropwise to a solution of 8.16 g (38.9 mmol) of (L)-valine-tert-butyl ester and 17.3 ml (124.5 mmol) of triethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. After washing with 10 % citric acid and saturated sodium chloride solution, the organic phase is concentrated by evaporation and yields N-trifluoroacetyl-(L)-valine tert-butyl ester in the form of a yellow oil, which is dissolved in 40 ml of a (1:1) mixture of methylene chloride and TFA and stirred for 5 h at RT. Concentration by evaporation of the reaction solution and digestion of the residue with hexane yields the tide compound in the form of a white solid. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 4.32 (d, J=6Hz, IH), 2.23 (m, IH), 0.98 (d, J=7Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J=7Hz, 3H). Example 11: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(2-(2-methoxvethoxv)ethoxv)carbonyl-(L)-valvl)-amino-4-phenvlbutvll-l-rcvclohexvlmethvll-2-rN-(2-(2-methoxvethoxv)ethoxy)carbonvl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine Analogously to Reference Example 2, the tide compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Cha]-H-3 HC1 from Reference Example 10a, 985 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-methoxyethoxy-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine, 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP, 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBt and 24.7 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after 25 0 5 3 - 156 - chromatographic purification (SiC>2, chloroform/methanol (30:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=782, tRet(I)=21.2 min, Rf(T)=0.26. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: a) N-(2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)carbonyl-(L)-valine: 19.8 ml (168 mmol) of diethylene glycol monomethyl ether are added dropwise at 0° to 100 ml of a 20% solution of phosgene in toluene and the mixture is stirred overnight at RT. Excess phosgene is expelled with nitrogen and the reaction solution is washed with water and concentrated by evaporation. Analogously to Reference Example lc, 10 g (85.4 mmol) of (L)-valine are added to the crude 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethylchloroformate (15.6 g, 85.4 mmol) yielding the tide compound in the form of a colourless resin. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.05 d, J=6Hz, IH), 3.72 - 3.40 (m, 8H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, IH), 0.95 (t, J=7H, 6H). Example 12: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(2-methoxyethoxv)acetvl-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenylbutyllc yclohexylmethyll -2- fN-( 2-methoxyethoxv)acetvl-(L')-valyll -hydrazine Analogously to Reference Example 2, the title compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) of H-[Phe^^Cha] -H-3 HC1 from Reference Example 10a, 873 mg (3.74 mmol) of N-(2)-methoxyethoxyacetyl-(L)-valine, 1.65 g (3.74 mmol) of BOP, 505 mg (3.74 mmol) of HOBt and 24.7 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, chloroform/methanol (30:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of hexane and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=722, tRet(I)=21.3 min, Rf(T)=0.23. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: a) N-(2-Methoxyethoxy)-acetyl-(L)-valine: At 0°, 6.4 ml (45.7 mmol) of triethylamine are added to a solution of 5 g (23.9 mmol) of (L)-valine tert-butyl ester, 2.91 g (21.7 mmol) of 2-(methoxyethoxy)-acetic acid and 3.55 g (21.7 mmol) of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester in 30 ml of DMF and the mixture is then stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with methylene chloride, washed in succession with 10 % citric acid, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution and, after concentration by evaporation of the organic phase, yields 5.1 g of N-methoxyethoxy-acetyl-(L)-valine tert-butyl ester, which is stirred for 1 h at RT in 22 ml of a (1:1) mixture 250535 - 157- of methylene chloride and TFA. Concentration by evaporation of the reaction solution yields the tide compound in the form of a colourless oil. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 10.0 (s, broad, IH), 7.62 d, broad, IH), 4.55 (m, IH), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, IH), 0.98 (d, J=7Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J=7Hz, 3H). Example 13: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-acety 1-(L)-valy l]-hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-y Imethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [thien-2-y lmethyl]-2- [N- (N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)- (L)-valy l]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[thien-2-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine. Example 14: The following compounds arc obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-1-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-pyran-4-y Imethyl] -2- [N-acety 1- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- *5 0 5 35 - 158- butyl] -1 - [2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl] -2- [N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-mcthoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 15: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenyl-methyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.48 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-hydrazine-3HCl, 175 mg (1.07 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine from Example 2b, 473 mg (1.07 mmol) of BOP, 145 mg (1.07 mmol) of HOBt and 8.4 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/diethyl ether/methanol (10:10:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=616, tRet(V)=11.6 min., Rf(K')=0.56. The starting compounds are prepared in the following manner: a) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-hydrazine-3HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a, the tide compound is obtained from 470 mg (0.94 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine after complete concentration by evaporation and digestion of the residue with methylene chloride. ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.42 - 7.15 (m, 7H), 6.92 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 4.1 - 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.55 (m, IH), 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H). 2505 - 159 - b) 1 -[2(S)-Hydroxy-3 (S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-hydroxyphenylmethyl] -2- [tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 1, the tide compound is obtained from 26.2 g (23.6 mmol) of (2R,3S)-l-[3-Boc-amino-2-phenylethyl]oxirane and 5.63 g (23.6 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl-methyl)-carbazate after crystallisation from ethyl acetate/-DIPE. *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.28 - 7.10 (m, 7H), 6.70 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 4.7 (m, 4H), 2.95 - 2.45 (m, 4H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.28 (s, 9H). tRet(V)=15.0 min. c) tert-Butyl-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl-methyl)-carbazate: Analogously to Reference Example 4a, 14 g (106 mmol) of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 14 g (117 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate in 125 ml of ethanol are reacted to form 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone. (19.8 g, 80 %). 9.73 g thereof are hydrogenated in 200 ml of THF in the presence of 0.6 g of 5 % palladium on carbon at 1 atm hydrogen pressure to yield the title compound, which is crystallised from hot methanol. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.18 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H). B) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine C) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxypheny Imethyl] -2- [N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine A solution of 2.0 g (4.86 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-hydrazine-3HCl (Example 15 A) a)), 2.54 g (13.8 mmol) of N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine from Reference Example 9a and 2.13 ml (13.8 mmol) of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester in 45 ml of DMF is cooled to 0° and 4.0 ml (29.2 mmol) of triethylamine are added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 6 h at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere and fully concentrated by evaporation in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with saturated sodium carbonate solution, 10 % aqueous citric acid and saturated sodium chloride solution, filtered through cotton wadding and concentrated by evaporation. Chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/diethyl ether/methanol (10:10:1)) and precipitation twice from methanol/-methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE yields the title compound. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=644, tRet(V)=12.8 min, R{(B)=0.41. D) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- 25 0 5 - 160- butyl] -1 - [4-hydroxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. E) 1 - [2(S )-Hydroxy-3 (S)- (N-(N- (2-methoxyethy 1) aminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-hydroxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(N- (2-methoxyethyl) aminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine. F) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-aminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine. G) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-hydroxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 16: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenyl-methy 1] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.47 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-hydrazine-3HCl, 225 mg (1.41 mmol) of N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 624 mg (1.41 mmol) of BOP, 191 mg (1.41 mmol) of HOBt and 9.4 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol (12:1)) and lyophilisation from dioxane/water/tert-butanol. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=598, tRet(V)=11.2 min, Rf(I')=0.25. The starting materials are prepared in the following manner: a) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-hydrazine-3HCl: Analogously to Reference Example 2a, the tide compound is obtained from 2.65 g (5.14 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine after lyophilisation. *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.42 - 7.15 (m, 7H), 6.92 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 4.1 - 3.8 (m, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.55 (m, IH), 3.1 (m, br, 2H), 2.75 (m, br, 2H). 25 0 5 - 161 - b) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenyl-methyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 1, the title compound is obtained from 3.13 g (11.9 mmol) of (2R,3S)-l-[3-Boc-amino-2-phenylethyl]oxirane and 3.0 g (11.9 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl-methyl)-carbazate from Reference Example 29c) (see below) after crystallisation from methanol/DIPE. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.3 - 7.1 (m, 7H), 6.85 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.9 - 2.5 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.20 (s, 9H), tRet(V)=16.6 min. B) 1 -[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1-[4-methoxypheny Imethyl] -2- [N-me thoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.47 mmol) of the tide compound of Example 16 A) a), 247 mg (1.41 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine from Example 2b, 624 mg (1.41 mmol) of BOP, 191 mg (1.41 mmol) of HOBt and 9.4 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02> methylene chloride/methanol (19:1)) and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=630, tRet(V)=13.5 min. Rf(A')=0.27. t C) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine: Analogously to Reference Example 37, the tide compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.47 mmol) of the tide compound of Example 16 A) a), 267 mg (1.41 mmol) of N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine from Example 9a, 624 mg (1.41 mmol) of BOP, 191 mg (1.41 mmol) of HOBt and 9.4 ml of 0.3M N-methylmorpholine in DMF after chromatographic purification (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol (12:1)), precipitation from methylene chloride by the addition of DIPE and lyophilisation from dioxane. FAB-MS: (M+H)+=658, tRet(V)=15.0 min, Rf(I')=0.55. D) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine. E) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. 25 0 5 - 162- F) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. G) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 17: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyl-oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-benzyloxyphenyImethyl] -2- [N- (N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(moipholin-4-yl)ethyl)-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 18: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxy-benzyl)oxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; B) 1 -[2(S)-hydfoxy-3 (S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; 2505 - 163 - C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxypheny Imethyl] -2- [N-(N,N-dimethylamino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(mor-pholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbuty 1] -1 - [4-(3,4-dimethoxybenzy l)oxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(N- (2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 19: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenyl-methyl] -2- [N-acetyl-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-iso-butoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-iso-butoxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-pheny lbutyl] -1 - [4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2- [N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbony 1)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine. 250 - 164- Example 20: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: c A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valy l)amino-4-pheny lbutyl] -1 - [4-(2-methoxy ethoxy )pheny Imethyl] -2-[N-(N- (2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 21: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methy lene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; E) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- 25 0 5 -165- phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 - [methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-(N- (2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[methylene-3,4-dioxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; H) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxy-phenylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; I) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-di-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; J) 1 -[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-1 -[3,4-di- methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; K) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]- hydrazine; L) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4- phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl]-hydrazine; M) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)-ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; N) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-CL)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methy laminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 22: The following compounds are obtained analogously to the Examples and processes described hereinbefore and hereinafter A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylyl-methyl] -2- [N-acety 1-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-ethoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; -166- 250535 D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-biphenylylmethyl] -2- [N-(N,N -dimethy laminocarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine; E) 1 - [2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbuty 1] -1 - [4-biphenylylmethyl] -2- [N-(N-(2-methoxyethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; F) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)amino-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; G) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(N-(2-(morpholin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl] -1 -[4-biphenylylmethyl] -2- [N-(N-(2-(morph6lin-4-yl)ethyl)-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 23: l-[2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cvclo-hexvl-butvll-l-[cvclohexvlmethvll-2-[N-methoxvcarbonyl-(L)-valvll-hvdrazine: In the presence of 20 mg of Nishimura catalyst (Rh(III)- and Pt(VI)-oxide monohydrate, Degussa) 100 mg (0.165 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 2a) in the form of a solution in 8 ml of methanol are hydrogenated under low pressure at RT. Removal of the catalyst by filtration through ®Celite and concentration of the filtrate by evaporation yields the title compound: FAB-MS (M+H)+=612. Example 24: 1 - [ 2(S)-Hvdroxy-3 (S)- (N-(n-propoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valvDamino-4-phenyl-butyll -1 - [ cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-( n-propvDoxycarbonyl-fL Vvalyl]-hydrazine: Hydrogenation under low pressure at RT of a solution of 100 mg (0.152 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 8) in 4 ml of methanol using 50 mg of 5 % Pd/C as catalyst, followed by filtration through ®Celite (siliceous earth; Fluka, Switzerland), concentration of the filtrate by evaporation and digestion from DIPE, yields the pure title compound: FAB-MS (M+H)+=662. Example 25: l-[2(R)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl] -1 - [ cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine Under a protective gas atmosphere, 33 mg (0.186 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)- valine (Example 2b) are activated with 82 mg (0.186 mmol) of BOP and 25 mg (0.186 mmol) of HOBT in 1.24 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF and, after 15 min, - 167- 25 0 5 35 reacted with 25 mg (0.062 mmol) of l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexyImethyl]-hydrazine (in the form of the hydrochloride salt) for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. Column chromatography (SiC>2, methylene chloride/methanol 99:1 —* 15:1) and precipitation with DIPE from a concentrated solution in DMF yields the pure title compound: tRet(V)=14.7 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=606. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) 2(R)-[r(S)-(Trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane (Alternative to Reference Example 16d): 54.28 g (314 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid are added to a solution of 14.5 g (60 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-l-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine (Reference Example 16c) in 600 ml of chloroform and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture is washed twice with 10 % sodium sulfite solution, twice with saturated sodium carbonate solution, with water and finally with brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a further twice with methylene chloride, and the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1) yields the title compound in the form of a 6:1 mixture of the (2R)- and (2S)-epimers: TLC Rf(F)=0.41, TLC Rf(N)=0.6; tRet(V)=12.6 min; LH-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): inter alia 4.08 (m, 1/7H, H-C(2(S))), 4.47 (m, 6/7H, H-C(2(R))). b) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine and l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.5 g (9.65 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane (contains 14% of the (2S)-epimer) and 2.2 g (9.65 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-cyclohexylmethyl-carbazate (Reference Example 4a) dissolved in 31 ml of methanol are reacted for 18 h at 75°C. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is chromatographed (Si02, toluene/ethyl acetate 10:1). The (2S)-epimer is eluted first as the main product, followed by the (2R)-epimen (2S)-epimer TLC Rf(I)=0.7; tRet(V)=18.5 min; Anal: calc. C 59.12 %, H 7.44 %, N 8.62 %; found C 59.10 %, H 7.09 %, N 8.81 %. (2R)-epimer TLC Rf(I)=0.6; tRet(V)=18.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=488. - 168- 25 0 5 35 c) 1 - [2(R)-Hydroxy-3 (S )-amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [tert-butoxy-carbonyl] -hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 326 mg (0.669 mmol) of l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoro-acetylamino)-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [tert-butoxycarbonyl] -hydrazine dissolved in 52 ml of MeOH are heated to 70°C, 17 ml of 1M aqueous K2CO3 solution are added dropwise and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at 70°C. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of water and brine. Concentration by evaporation of the organic phases which have been dried with Na2S04 yields the title compound, which is used directly in the next step: XH-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.42 (s, 9 H, Boc), 0.8-2.1 (m, 11 H, cyclohexyl), 2.4-3.0 (m, 6 H), 3.1 (m, 1 H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 5 H). d) l-[2(R)-Hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine (hydrochloride salt): Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2 ml of 4N HCl/dioxane ate added to a solution of 80 mg (0.204 mmol) of 1 -[2(R)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 -[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine in 2 ml of dioxane and the mixture is stirred for 7 h at RT and then lyophilised. The crude product is used directly in the above reaction. Example 26: l-[2(R)-Hvdroxv-3(R)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenyl-butyll -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyll-hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 315 mg (1.80 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (Example 2b) are activated with 795 mg (1.80 mmol) of BOP and 267 mg (1.80 mmol) of HOBT in 12 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF and, after 15 min, reacted for 48 h with 240 mg (0.60 mmol) of l-[2(R)-hydroxy-3(R)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexyl-methyl]-hydrazine (in the form of the hydrochloride salt) (can be prepared analogously to 1 - [2(S)-hydroxy-3 (S )-amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -hydrazine hydrochloride salt (Reference Example 10a, = H-tPhe^ChaJ-H-SHCl) from (D)-N-Boc-phenyl-alanine). The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol 19:1) and digestion with methylene chloride/DIPE yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(B')=0.60; tRet(V)=14.7 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=606. 250535 -169- Example 27: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(benzvloxvcarbonvlamino)-4-phenvl-butyri-1-rphenvlmethvll-2- [N-methoxvcarbonvl-(L)-valvH -hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 0.28 mmol of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(benzyloxycarbonyl-amino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [phenylmethyl] -hydrazine and 54.3 mg (0.31 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (Example 2b) are dissolved in 3.36 ml of 0.25M NMM/CH3CN, 117.6 mg (0.31 mmol) of HBTU are added and the mixture is stirred for 3 h at RT. During that time the pure title compound separates from the initially clear solution in the form of a precipitate, which is filtered off and washed with 3 ml of CH3CN/DIPE 1:2: TLC Rf(I)=0.22; tRet(V)=15.4 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=577. Further product can be recovered by concentrating the filtrate by evaporation, partitioning the residue between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, 2 portions of saturated NaHCC>3 solution, water and brine, drying the organic phases with Na2S04, concentrating by evaporation and digesting from DIPE. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) 1 - [2(S)-Hydroxy-3 (S)- (benzyloxycarbonylamino)-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 220 mg (0.57 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [phenylmethyl] -2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl] -hydrazine (= H- [Phe^Phe] -Boc, Reference Example 30b) in 15 ml of dioxane/water 1:1 and 408 mg (2.9 mmol) of K2C03 are reacted with 120 mg (0.69 mmol) of chloroformic acid benzyl ester for 16 h at RT. KHSO4 solution is added, the mixture is extracted with 3 portions of ethyl acetate, and the organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SC>4 and concentrated by evaporation. Digestion from hexane yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(I)=0.52; tRet(V)=17.1 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=520. b) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine: 148 mg (0.28 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[(phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine dissolved in 7 ml of formic acid are stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, 2 portions of NaHC03 solution and brine, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation: TLC Rf(I)=0.50; tRet(V)=l 1.8 min. 250 5 3 -170 - Example 28: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyl')amino-4-cvclo-hexyl-butyl] -1 - rphenylmethyl] -2-FN-methoxvcarbonvD-L-valyll -hydrazine: Analogously to Example 16B, 91.7 mg (0.52 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (Example 2b) are activated with 232 mg (0.52 mmol) of BOP and 70.7 mg (0.53 mmol) of HOBT in 3.5 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF and reacted with 70 mg (0.174 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine (in the form of the hydrochloride salt) for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. Precipitation with DIPE from a concentrated solution in DMF yieilds the pure title compound: TLC Rf(G')=0.61; tRet(V)=14.7 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=606. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-cyclohexyl-l-trimethylsilyl-butane: Using 2.94 g of Nishimura catalyst (Rh(m)- and Pt(VI)-oxide monohydrate, Degussa, Germany) 25 g (81.3 mmol) of N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-phenyl-l-tri-methylsilyl-butane (for preparation see EP-532 466-A2, page 42) in 882 ml of methanol are hydrogenated under low pressure at RT. Removal of the catalyst by filtration through ®Celite and concentration by evaporation of the filtrate yields the title compound: TLC Rf(I)=0.7; FAB-MS (M+H)+=344. b) l-Cyclohexyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine: 42.2 ml (336 mmol) of an approximately 48 % solution of boron trifluoride in ether are added at 5°C to a solution of 23.1 g (67.2 mmol) of 3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-cyclohexyl-l-trimethylsilyl-butane in 460 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is then stirred for 6 h at RT and 3M sodium carbonate solution is added. The aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with methylene chloride. The organic extracts are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. The title product is further used without additional purification. c) N-Boc-l-cyclohexyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine: 15.2 g (69.5 mmol) of Boc-anhydride are added at RT to 8.2 g (53.5 mmol) of 1-cyclo-hexyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine in the form of a solution in 110 ml of methylene chloride. The mixture is stirred for 17 h at RT and then extracted twice with 10 % citric acid, water and brine. The aqueous phases are washed a further twice with methylene chloride, dried with 250 5 3 - 171 - sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (SiC>2, hexane/-ethyl acetate 4:1) yields the title compound: TLC Rf(I)=0.8. d) 2(R)-[r(S)-(Boc-amino)-2'-cyclohexylethyl]-oxirane: 8.5 g (172 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid are added to a solution of 2.5 g (9.86 mmol) of N-Boc-l-cyclohexyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine in 65 ml of chloroform and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture is washed with 10 % sodium sulfite solution, saturated sodium carbonate solution, water and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a further twice with methylene chloride, and the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, hexane/ethyl acetate 5:1) finally yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(L)=0.22. e) 1 -[2(S )-Hydroxy-3 (S)- (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-cyclohexy 1-butyl] -1 -[phenyl-methyl] -2- [tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200 mg (0.745 mmol) of 2(R)-[l'(S)-(Boc-amino)-2'-cyclo-hexylethyl]-oxirane and 165 mg (0.745 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (J. Chem. Soc., Perkin 1,1712 (1975)) in 6 ml of methanol are stirred for 2 days at 75°C. Concentration of the reaction mixture by evaporation and precipitation with hexane from a concentrated solution in methylene chloride yields the title compound: TLC Rf(I)=0.54. f) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine (hydrochloride salt): 0.5 ml of 4N HCl/dioxane are added, with the exclusion of moisture, to a solution of 90 mg (0.183 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine in 0.5 ml of dioxane. After 5 h at RT the reaction mixture is lyophilised and the lyophilisate is directly further used. Example 29: A) l-r2(S)-Hydroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L')-asparaginvl')amino-4-phenyI-butyll -1 - f cyclohexylmethyl] -2- \ tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: At 5°C, 940 mg (3.27 mmol) of quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine (in the form of the hydrochloride salt) are dissolved in 35 ml of THF, and 736 mg (3.57 mmol) of DCC are added. After 10 min, 482 mg (3.57 mmol) of HOBT, 0.82 ml (7.44 mmol) of NMM and 1.165 g (2.98 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexyl-methyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation. The 25 0 5 3 - 172- residue is partitioned between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, saturated NaHC03 solution, water and brine, and the organic phases, which have been dried with Na2S04, are concentrated by evaporation and subjected to column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate) to yield the title compound: TLC Rf(0)=0.16; tRet(V)=16.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=661. The starting compound is prepared in the following manner: a) Quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine tert-butyl ester: Analogously to Example 29), 5.45 g (31.4 mmol) of quinaldic acid in 161 ml of THF are reacted with 7.08 g (34.3 mmol) of DCC, 4.63 g (34.3 mmol) of HOBT and 5.38 g (28.6 mmol) of (L)-asparagine tert-butyl ester (Bachem, Bubendorf/Switzerland). Filtration, extraction and column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate/hexane 3:1) yields the pine title compound: TLC Rf(C')=0.15; tRet(V)=12.2 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=344. b) Quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine (hydrochloride salt): Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.0 g (11.6 mmol) of quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine tert-butyl ester are dissolved in 40 ml of dioxane, and 40 ml of 4N HCl/dioxane are added. On stirring for 17 h at RT, the product is precipitated in the form of a solid. Filtration and washing with DIPE yields the pure title compound: ^-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 3.02 (d, J=6 Hz, 2 H), 5.09 (t, J=6 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (m, 1 H>, 8.12 (m, 1 H), 8.26 (m, 1 H), 8.4 (m, 2 H), 9.03 (m, 1 H). c) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxy-carbonyl]-hydrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2.0 g (4.10 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine (Example 25b) dissolved in 316 ml of MeOH are heated to 70°C, 103 ml of 1M aqueous K2C03 solution are added dropwise, and the mixture is stiiTed for 18 h at 70°C. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of water and brine. Concentration by evaporation of the organic phases, which have been dried with Na2S04, yields the title compound: *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.42 (s, 9 H, Boc), 0.8-2.1 (m, 11 H, cyclohexyl), 2.35-3.0 (m, 7 H), 3.51 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 5 H). 25 0 5 - 173 - B) l-r2CSVHvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginvl")amino-4-phenvl-butyl]-1 -f phenylmethvll-2-rtert-butoxvcarbonvll-hydrazine: At 0°C, 3.84 g (13.4 mmol) of quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine (hydrochloride salt) (Example 29 A) b)) are added to 4.69 g (12.2 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine in 250 ml of THF. 2.18 g (13.4 mmol) of HOBT, 2.76 g (13.4 mmol) of DCC and 2.14 ml (19.5 mmol) of NMM are added to the suspension which is then stirred for 30 min at 0°C and for 17 h at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation to a residual volume of approximately 50 ml. The fine suspension is taken up in methylene chloride and washed with NaHC03 solution and brine, and the aqueous phases are extracted with 2 portions of methylene chloride. Filtration of the combined organic phases through cotton wadding, concentration by evaporation and precipitation from a concentrated solution in methanol/methylene chloride with DIPE and finally hexane yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(P)=0.41; tRet(V)=14.8 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=655. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) l-r2('S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(trifluoroacetvlamino)-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rphenvlmethvl1-2-ftert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine: (improved version for Reference Example 30a)) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 20.49 g (79 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane (Example 25 a) and 17.56 g (79 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (J. Chem., Perkin 1,1712 (1975)) in 300 ml of ethanol are heated at 80°C for 20 h. Cooling and partial concentration by evaporation until crystallisation commences, filtration and washing with a small amount of ethanol yields the pure title compound: tRet(V)=16.1 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=482; !H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.30 (s, 9 H), 2.70 (m, 2 H), 2.83-3.08 (m, 2 H), 3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 4.21 (m, 1 H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 10 H). b) l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rphenylmethvl1-2-rtert-butoxv-carbonyll -hydrazine: (improved version for Reference Example 30b)) Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.0 g (12.5 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine dissolved in 420 ml of MeOH are heated to 80°C, 125 ml of 1M aqueous K2C03 solution are added dropwise (15 min) and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at 80°C. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation and the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, water and brine. Concentration by evaporation of the organic phases, 250535 -174 - which have been filtered through cotton wadding, yields the title compound: tRet(V)=11.5 min; *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.29 (s, 9 H), 2.5-3.05 (m, 5 H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.8-3.95 (AB, 2 H), 7.1-7.4 (m, 10 H). C): H2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvD-(L)-asparaginvDamino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rp-(methoxvphenvl)methvll-2-rtert-butoxvcarbonvl1-hvdrazine: Analogously to Example 29 B), 7.00 g (16.8 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxy-phenyl)methyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine in 420 ml Of THF are reacted with 5.3 g (18.5 mmol) of quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-asparagine (hydrochloride salt) (Example 29 A) b)), 3.0 g (18.5 mmol) of HOBT, 3.8 g (18.5 mmol) of DCC and 5 ml of NMM. The reaction mixture is filtered, the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation, and the evaporation residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed twice in each case with NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate) yields the pure tide compound: TLC Rf(0)=0.59; tRet(V)=14.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=685. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) p-(Methoxvphenvl)-carbaldehvde tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone: Under protective gas, 65 ml (534 mmol) of freshly distilled anisaldehyde are dissolved in 850 ml of ethanol, 70.6 g (534 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate are added and the mixture is heated for 3 h at 80°C. Concentration of the reaction mixture by evaporation yields the title compound: *H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.53 (s, 9 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 6.94 and 7.64 (2d, J=9 Hz, each 2 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H). b) tert-Butyl-3-(p-methoxyphenvl-methvl)-carbazate: 130 g (520 mmol) of p-(methoxyphenyl)-carbaldehyde tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone are hydrogenated in 1.3 1 of THF in the presence of 11.5 g of 5 % Pd/C. Removal of the catalyst by filtration through ®Celite and concentration by evaporation of the filtrate yields the title compound: TLC Rf(F)=0.3; tRet(V)=8.9 min; 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 1.44 (s, 9 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (s, 2 H), 6.87 and 7.26 (2d, J=8 Hz, each 2 H). c) l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(trifluoroacetvlamino)-4-phenyl-butvll-l-rp-(methoxvphenvl)-m ethyl"! -2- f tert-butoxycarbonyll-hydrazine: Under protective gas, 15 g (57.9 mmol) of 2(R)-[r(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenyl- - 175- 250 5 3 ethyl]-oxirane (Example 25a) and 14.6 g (57.9 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(p-methoxyphenyl-methyl)-carbazate in 220 ml of ethanol are heated for 18 h at 80°C. Cooling, concentration by evaporation and digestion in DIPE yields the title compound: TLC Rf(F)=0.42; tRet(v)=15.8 min. d) l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rp-(methoxyphenvl)methvl]-2-rtert-butoxvcarbonyl] -hydrazine: Analogously to Example 29 B) b), 19.7 g (38.4 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(trifluoro-acety lamino)-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [p-(methoxy-phenyl)methyl] -2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl] -hydrazine in 11 of methanol are hydrolysed with 384 ml of 1M K2C03 solution to yield the title compound: TLC Rf(G')=0.4. Example 30: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginvl)amino-4-phenyl-butvl]-l-rcvclohexvlmethvl]-2-rN-methoxvcarbonvl-(L)-valvn-hvdrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 100 mg (0.178 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine (Reference Example 71e) i)) and 34 mg (0.196 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine (Example 2b) are dissolved in 1.75 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF, 74 mg (0.196 mmol) of HBTU are added and the mixture is stirred at RT. Since, after 3 days, there is still unreacted hydrazine present, a further 0.3 equivalents in each case of N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine and HBTU in 0.48 ml of 0.3 M NMM/DMF is added. After 18 h the reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, the residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with saturated NaHCC>3 solution, water and brine, the aqueous phases are extracted twice with methylene chloride, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol 15:1) and digestion from DIPE yields the title compound: TLC Rf(A')=0.17; tRet(V)=14.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=718. Example 31: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rcvclohexvlmethvll-2-r3,3-dimethvlbutyrvl]-hvdrazine: Under a protective gas atmosphere, 100 mg (0.178 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoIine-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine (Reference Example 71 e) i)) and 25 p.1 (0.196 mmol) of 3,3-dimethylbutyric acid are dissolved in 1.75 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF, 74 mg (0.196 mmol) of HBTU are added and the mixture is stirred at RT. Since, after 18 h, there is still unreacted hydrazine present, a further 0.3 equivalents in each case of 3,3-dimethylbutyric acid and 25 0 5 -176- HBTU in 0.5 ml of 0.3N NMM/DMF is added. Working up analogously to Example 30, column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate/ethanol 20:1) and digestion from DIPE yields the tide compound: TLC Rf(E')=0.23; tRet(V)=15.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=659. Example 32: l-r2(SVHvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L')-asparaginvl)amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rcvclohexvlmethvll-2-rtert-butvlaminocarbonvll-hvdrazine: Under a protective gas atmosphere, 100 mg (0.178 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -hydrazine (Reference Example 71 e) i)) are dissolved in 0.7 ml of THF and reacted with 19 ju.1 (0.169 mmol) of tert-butyl-isocyanate for 17 h at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation, the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 5 % citric acid solution, water and brine, and the inorganic phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate, dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate/ethanol 10:1) yields the title compound: TLC Rf(F')=0.16; tRet(V)=15.3 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=660. Example 33: l-[2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginvDamino-4-phenvl-butvl]-l-rcvclohexvlmethvl]-2-[benzvlaminocarbonyl]-hvdrazine: Analogously to Example 32,100 mg (0.178 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-hydrazine (Reference Example 71 e) i) in 0.7 ml of THF are reacted with 21 |xl (0.169 mmol) of benzyl isocyanate. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/-methanol 15:1) and digestion from DIPE yields the title compound: TLC Rf(A')=0.12; tRet(V)=15.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=694. Example 34: l-[2(S)-Butvrvloxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [ cyclohexy Imethyl] -2- [N -methoxvcarbonvl-(L)-valvl] -hydrazine: 50 (il (0.495 mmol) of butyric acid chloride and 2 mg (0.017 mmol) of DMAP are added to an ice-cooled mixture of 200 mg (0.33 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valy l)amino-4-pheny 1-butyl]-1 -[cyclohexylmethyl] -2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 2a) in 2.6 ml of dioxane and 0.4 ml of pyridine. After 18 h at RT, according to HPLC there is still l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine present in the reaction mixture, and therefore a further 0.75 equivalents of butyric acid chloride and a few granules of DMAP are added. After a further 18 h, a 3rd portion of 1.5 equivalents of butyric acid chloride is added and the 25 0 5 3 -177 - mixture is further stirred for one night at RT (—* HPLC: fully reacted). The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution, water and brine, the aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Digestion of the oily residue from hexane in an ultrasound bath yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(O)=0.67; tRet(V)=17.2 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=676. Example 35: l-r2(S)-Palmitovloxv-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvD-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenyl-butvll- 1-T c yclohexylmethvll -2- fN-methoxycarbonyl-CL)-valyll -hydrazine: Analogously to Example 34, 200 mg (0.33 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycar-bonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 2a) in 2.6 ml of dioxane and 0.4 ml of pyridine are reacted with 0.15 ml (0.495 mmol) of palmitic acid chloride and 2 mg (0.017 mmol) of DMAP. To complete the reaction a further 0.3 ml of palmitic acid chloride and a small amount of DMAP are added and the mixture is stirred. Extraction and column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate/hexane 3:2) yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(H')=0.47; tRet(V)=25.2 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=844. Example 36: l-r2(S)-(Methoxv-acetoxv)-3(S)-(N-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl)amino-4-phenvl-butyn-l-rcvclohexvlmethvll-2-rN-methoxvcarbonvl-(L)-valvll-hvdrazine: Analogously to Example 34,200 mg (0.33 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 2a) in 2.6 ml of dioxane and 0.4 ml of pyridine are reacted with 50 jil (0.495 mmol) of methoxyacetic acid chloride and 2 mg (0.017 mmol) of DMAP. To complete the reaction a further 0.5 equivalents of methoxyacetic acid chloride and a few granules of DMAP are added and the mixture is stirred. Extraction and digestion from DIPE/hexane in an ultrasound bath yields the pure title compound: TLC Rf(0)=0.48; tRet(V)=15.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=678. Example 37: l-r2(S)-(2-Pvridvl-carbonvl)oxv-3(S)-(tert-butoxvcarbonvDamino-4-phenvl-butyl] -1 - r c yclohexylmethvll -2- \ tert-butoxycarbonyll-hydrazine: At 0°C under a nitrogen atmosphere, 500 mg (4.07 mmol) of picolinic acid (Fluka; Buchs/Switzerland) in 25 ml of methylene chloride are converted into the acid chloride with 0.57 ml (4.07 mmol) of l-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-l-propenamine [B. Haveaux, A. Dekoker, M. Rens, A.R. Sidani, J. Toye, L. Ghosez, M. Murakami, M. Yoshioka, and W. Nagata, Organic Syntheses 59, 26 (1980)]. After 45 min, 10 ml of THF, 8.3 ml of 250535 -178- pyridine, 10 mg of DMAP and 1.00 g (2.03 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)amino-4-pheny 1- butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbony 1] -hydrazine (= Boc-IPhe^ChaJ-Boc, Reference Example 4) are added and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT. Since according to HPLC there is still l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl] -hydrazine present in the reaction mixture, a further 2 equivalents of picolinic acid chloride (prepared as described above) dissolved in 20 ml of methylene chloride are added. After 18 h at RT the mixture is diluted with methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated NaHCOj solution, water and brine, and the organic phases are extracted with 2 portions of methylene chloride, dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. The brown residue is dissolved in methylene chloride/ethyl acetate, 10 g of silica gel are added and the mixture is concentrated by evaporation. The resulting powder is applied to a silica gel column (hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1). Elution with hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1 yields the title compound: TLC Rf(N)=0.17; tRet(V)=19.9 min; !H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.6-1.85 (m, 11 H, cyclohexyl), 1.36 and 1.40 (2s, 18 H, 2 Boc), 2.4-3.1 (m, 6 H), 4.28 (m, 1 H), 5.28 (m, 2 H), 7.1-7.3 (m, 5 H), 7.72 (m, 1 H), 8.08 (m, 1 H), 8.28 (d, 1=1 Hz, 1 H), 8.75 (d, J=5 Hz, 1 H). a) l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-1 - [cyclohexylmethyl] -2- [pyridin-2-yl-carbonyl]-hydrazine: i. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 200 mg (0.335 mmol) of l-[2(S)-(pyridin-2-yl-carbonyl)-oxy-3(S)-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine are dissolved in 200 ml of formic acid and the solution is stirred for 16 h at RT and then concentrated by evaporation under HV. The residue is partitioned between 3 portions of methylene chloride, saturated NaHC03 solution and brine and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation (tRet(V)=l 1.9 min). ii. The above residue is dissolved in 5.3 ml of 0.25M NMM in acetonitrile, and 134 mg (0.763 mmol) of N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine (Example 2b) and 313 mg (0.826 mmol) of HBTU are added. On stirring for 18 h at RT the title compound separates out in the form of a precipitate and can then be filtered off and washed with a small amount of acetonitrile. tRet(V)=15.9 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=554, }H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dg): 0.64 and 0.70 (2s, J=7 Hz, (H3C)2C), 0.81 (m, 2 H^-QHn), 1.08 (m, 3 H^-QHn), 1.30 (m, H^-QHu), 1.57 (m, 3 H^-QjHn), 1.74 (m, 1 H^-C^n), 1.79 (octet, J=7 Hz, HC(CH3)2), 1.88 (m, 1 Heq-CgHn), 2.47-2.60 (m, H-Cb HCH-C6Hn), 2.66-2.84 (m, H-Q, HCH-C6Hn, H2C-phenyl), 3.44 (m, HC^, 3.50 (s, H3C-0), 3.73 (m, HCa-Val), 25 0 5 3 - 179- 3.94 (m, HC3), 4.94 (s, HO), 6.97 (d, J=9 Hz, HN-Val), 7.05 (m, HCphenyl), 7.12 (m, 4 HCphenyl). 7.51 (d, J=9 Hz, HN-C3), 7.61 (m, H5-Py), 8.00 (m, H3-Py, H4-Py), 8.61 (d, J=5 Hz, H6-Py, 9.70 (s, HN-N). Example 38: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginvl)amino-4-phenvl-butyll-l-rbenzvll-2-rN-methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvll-hvdrazine: Analogously to Example 40,157.4 mg (0.898 mmol) of N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine (Example 2b) and 453 mg (0.817 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-car-bonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine in 8 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF are reacted with 340 mg (0.898 mmol) of HBTU. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride —* methylene chloride/methanol 50:1 —* 25:1) yields the tide compound: TLC Rf(J')=0.16; tRet(V)=13.6 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=712. Example 39: l-r2("S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginvl)amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rbenzvll-2-rN-ethoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyl1-hydrazine: Under protective gas, 36 mg (0.189 mmol) of N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine (Example 9a), 35 mg (0.259 mmol) of HOBT and 38 mg (0.198 mmol) of EDC are dissolved in 0.7 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF and the solution is stirred for 10 min at RT. 100 mg (0.180 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine (Example 40a) are added and the mixture is then stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 2 portions of 10 % citric acid solution, water, saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/-methanol 12:1) yields the title compound: TLC Rf(I')=0.25; tRet(V)=14.3 min. Example 40: l-r2(SVHvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenvl-butvl"l-l-rbenzvn-2-rN-benzvloxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyl"l-hvdrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 50 mg (0.198 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine and 100 mg (0.18 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine are dissolved in 1.8 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF, 75.1 mg (0.198 mmol) of HBTU are added and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV, and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 2 portions of 10 % citric acid solution, water, saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a 2 5 0 5 3 -180 - further twice with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/-methanol 19:1) yields the tide compound: TLC Rf(J')=0.27; tRet(V)=15.7 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+=788. The starting material is prepared as follows: a) l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3CS)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenvl-butyl] -1 - r phenylmethyll -hydrazine 1.0 g (1.53 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine (Example 29 B) is dissolved in 10 ml of formic acid under protective gas and stirred for 16 h at RT. The formic acid is removed by evaporation under HV, the residue is partitioned between 3 portions of ethyl acetate, saturated NaH(X>3 solution and brine, and the organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation to yield the title compound: tRet(v)=10-7 min- Example 41: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 42: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl')-(L)-asparaginvl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl] -1 - [4-methoxyphenylmethyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 43: l-[2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4- phenvl-butvl1-l-[p-(methoxvphenvl)methvll-2-[N-(benzvloxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyl]- hvdrazine: Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 330 mg (1.32 mmol) of Z-(L)-valine and 700 mg (1.197 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbt>nyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxyphenyl)methyl]-hydrazine (Example 49 B) a)) are dissolved in 11.6 ml of a 0.3M solution of NMM in DMF, 0.50 g (1.32 mmol) of HBTU is added and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation under HV and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHC03 solution, water and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a further twice with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by -181 - 250 5 3 evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, ethyl acetate) yields the title compound after crystallisation from DIPE. TLC Rf(G')=0.50; tRet(V)=15.4 min. Example 44: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 45: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-butyl]-l-[benzyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 46: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-buty 1] -1 - [benzyl] -2- [N-benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 47: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-butyl] -1 - [benzyl] -2- [N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 48: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-(4-benzy loxyphenyl)-butyl] -1 - [benzyl] -2- [N-allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 49: l-[2(S)-Hydroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl')-(L)-asparaginvl')amino-4-phenvl-butvl]-l-[p-(methoxvphenvl)methvl1-2-[N-(ethoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valvl]-hvdrazine: Analogously to Example 39), 71.2 mg (0.376 mmol) of N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine (Example 9a), 66 mg (0.487 mmol) of HOBT, 72.1 mg (0.376 mmol) of EDC and 200 mg (0.34 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxyphenyl)methyl]-hydrazine are reacted in 1.33 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride —* methylene chloride/-methanol 50:1 —» 20:1) yields the title compound: tRet(V)=13.9 min. The starting material is prepared as follows: 25 o 5 3 5 -182 - a) l-r2(S)-Hvdroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl! -1 - f p-(methoxyphenvl)methvll -hydrazine Analogously to Example 40a), 4.6 g (6.71 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-[tert-butoxycarbonyl]-hydrazine (Example 29 C) are reacted in 168 ml of formic acid to form the title compound: tRet(V)=10.8 min. Example 50: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 51: l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-pheny 1-butyl] -1 - [4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processe ^ " hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 52: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-pheny 1-butyl]-1 - [4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl] -2-[N-allyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] -hydrazine is prepared in accordance with one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter. Example 53: The following are prepared analogously to one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore: A) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; B) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[4-isobutoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; C) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[4-ethoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine; D) l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyl]-l-[4-benzyloxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine. Example 54: 1 - [2(S )-Hy droxy-3 (S)- (N-methoxycarbonyl- (L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[2-pyridylcarbonyl]-hydrazine is prepared analogously to one of the processes mentioned hereinbefore. 25053 -183 - Example 55: l-r2(S)-Hvdroxv-3(SHN-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginvl)amino-4- phenvl-butvl]-l-rphenvlmetfavn-2-lN-(methoxv-ethoxv-ethoxvcarbonylV(L')-valvll- hydrazine: Analogously to Example 40, 52 mg (0.198 mmol) of N-(2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-carbonyl-(L)-valine (Example 11a)) and 100 mg (0.180 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-hydrazine in 1.8 ml of 0.3M NMM/DMF are reacted with 75.1 mg (0.198 mmol) of HBTU. The evaporation residue is taken up in methylene chloride and washed with 2 portions of 10 % citric acid solution, water, saturated NaHC03 solution and brine. The aqueous phases are extracted a further twice with methylene chloride and the combined organic phases are dried with Na2S04 and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride/methanol 19:1) yields the title compound: TLC Rf<J>0.08; tRet(V)=13.5 min; FAB-MS (M+H)+= 800. Example 56: l-F2(S)-(2-Pvridvl-carbonvPoxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-aspara- ginvl)amino-4-phenvl-butvll-l-rphenvlmethyll-2-rN-(methoxvcarbonvl)-(L)-valyll- hydrazine Analogously to Example 37, 51 mg (0.416 mmol) of 2-picolinic acid in 0.8 ml of methylene chloride are converted with 59 (il (0.416 mmol) of l-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-1-propenamine into the acid chloride. After the addition of 0.5 ml of dioxane and 0.4 ml of pyridine to the latter, the mixture is reacted with 148 mg (0.208 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydr-oxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenyl-methyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 38) in 5 ml of dioxane in the presence of 0.5 mg of DMAP. Since, after 18 h, not all of the educt has been acylated according to HPLC, further acid chloride is added. Column chromatography (Si02, methylene chloride —* methylene chloride/methanol 15:1) yields the title compound: FAB-MS (M+H)+= 817. Example 57: l-[2(S)-Butvroxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butvll -1 - rphenylmethyl] -2-f N- (methoxyc arbonyl)- (L)-valyll -hydrazine Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a small amount of DMAP and 0.2 ml of butyric acid chloride are added to a solution of 121 mg (0.17 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[phenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyll-hydrazine (Example 38) in 3.5 ml of dioxane, 2 ml of methylene chloride and 0.4 ml of pyridine. Dilution of the reaction mixture with methylene chloride, washing with 2 portions of saturated NaHC03 solution, water and 25 0 5 - 184 - brine, extraction of the aqueous phases with 2 portions of methylene chloride, drying of the organic phases with Na2S04, concentration by evaporation and column chromatography (SiC>2, methylene chloride/methanol 50:1 -> 19:1) yields the title compound: TLC Rf(r)=0.5; tRet(V)=15.6 min. Example 58: l-r2(S)-(2-Pvridvl-carbonvl)oxv-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-aspara-ginvDamino-4-phenyl-butvn -1 -Ip-faiethoxvphenyDmethvn -2- rN-(benzyloxvcarbonyl)-(L)-valvll-hydrazine Analogously to Example 37), 72.7 mg (0.591 mmol) of 2-picolinic acid in 2 ml of methylene chloride are converted with 87 (xl (0.614 mmol) of l-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-1-propenamine into the acid chloride. After the addition of 1.36 ml of pyridine to the latter, the mixture is reacted with 100 mg (0.118 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxyphenyl)-methyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 43)) in the presence of 1 mg of DMAP. Further acid chloride is added in portions until according to HPLC all of the educt has been acylated to the title compound. Example 59: l-r2(S)-(Methoxv-acetoxv)-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonvl)-(L)-asparaginyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butvll-1-T p-(methoxyphenvl)methvll-2-TN- (benzyloxycarbonyl)- (L)-valyll-hydrazine Analogously to Example 34, 100 mg (0.118 mmol) of l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[p-(methoxyphenyl)-methyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]-hydrazine (Example 43)) in 2.4 ml of dioxane and 0.14 ml of pyridine are acylated in the presence of 0.7 mg of DMAP with 38.5 pi (0.35 mmol) of methoxyacetic acid chloride to form the title compound: tRet(V) = 17.8 min. Example 60: Gelatine solution: A sterile-filtered aqueous solution, with 20 % cyclodextrins as solubilisers, of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the preceding Examples as active ingredient, is so mixed under aseptic conditions, with heating, with a sterile gelatine solution containing phenol as preservative, that 1.0 ml of solution has the following composition: active ingredient gelatine phenol 3 mg 150.0 mg 4.7 mg 25 0 5 35 -185 - dist. water with 20 % cyclodextrins as solubilisers 1.0 ml Example 61: Sterile dry substance for injection: 5 mg of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the preceding Examples as active ingredient are dissolved in 1 ml of an aqueous solution with 20 mg of mannitol and 20 % cyclodextrins as solubilisers. The solution is sterile-filtered and introduced under aseptic conditions into a 2 ml ampoule, deep-frozen and lyophilised. Before use, the lyophilisate is dissolved in 1 ml of distilled water or 1 ml of a physiological saline solution. The solution is administered intramuscularly or intravenously. This formulation can also be introduced into a twin-chambered injection ampoule. Example 62: Nasal spray: 500 mg of finely ground (<5.0 Jim) powder of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the preceding Examples is suspended as active ingredient in a mixture of 3.5 ml of Myglyol 812® and 0.08 g of benzyl alcohol. The suspension is introduced into a container having a metering valve. 5.0 g of Freon 12® are introduced under pressure into the container through the valve. The "Freon" is dissolved in the Myglyol/benzyl alcohol mixture by shaking. The spray container contains approximately 100 single doses which can be administered individually. Example 63: Film-coated tablets The following ingredients are used for the preparation of 10 000 tablets each containing 100 mg of active ingredient: active ingredient 1000 g corn starch 680 g colloidal silica 200 g magnesium stearate 20 g stearic acid 50 g sodium carboxymethyl starch 250 g water quantum satis A mixture of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the preceding Examples as active ingredient, 50 g of corn starch and the colloidal silica is processed with a starch paste, made from 250 g of corn starch and 2.2 kg of demineralised water, to form a moist </div>

Claims

<div class="application article clearfix printTableText" id="claims"> 250535 -186 - mass. This is forced through a sieve having a mesh size of 3 mm and dried at 45° for 30 min in a fluidised bed drier. The dry granules are pressed through a sieve having a mesh size of 1 mm, mixed with a pre-sieved mixture (1 mm sieve) of 330 g of corn starch, the magnesium stearate, the stearic acid and the sodium carboxymethyl starch, and compressed to form slightly biconvex tablets. 2.5 V) o 3 5 - 187 - 4-19412/A what we claim is:

1. A compound of formula r7 a>, wherein Rj and R9 are each independently of the other hydrogen; acyl; unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; sulfo; or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or by heterocyclyl, with the proviso that not more than one of the radicals Rj and r9 is hydrogen; and R2 and Rg are each independently of the other hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl; r3 and r4 are each independently of the other hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; r5 is acyloxy; Rg is hydrogen; and r7 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl or aryl; or a salt of such a compound where a salt-forming group is present, with the exception of the compound wherein Rt and R9 are each acetyl, R2, R3, R4, Rg and Rg are each hydrogen, R5 is acetoxy and R7 is 2,2-[N-(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)-N-methyl]hydrazin-1-ylcarbonylmethyl.

2. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein Rj and r9 are each independently of the other hydrogen; lower alkanoyl; aryl-lower alkanoyl wherein aryl has from 6 to 14 carbon atoms and may be unsubstituted or mono-to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl, phenyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino 15 AUG 1995 250 5 35 - 188 alkanoylamino, halogen, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-, naphthyl- or fluorenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, sulfo, lower alkylsulfonyl, phosphono, hydroxy-lower alkoxyphosphoryl or di-lower alkoxyphosphoryl, carbamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, sulfamoyl, mono- or di-lower alkylaminosulfonyl, nitro and/or by cyano, and wherein lower alkanoyl is unsubstituted or substituted by carbamoyl or by carbamoyl substituted at the nitrogen atom by one or two radicals selected from lower alkyl, carboxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylamino-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl and di-lower alkoxy-lower alkyl; heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrrolyl, cyclohexa[b]pyridyl, cyclohexa[b]pyrazinyl, cyclo-hexa[b]pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, which is bonded via a ring carbon atom or a ring nitrogen atom; (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkanoyl; amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl, wherein heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl is independently as defined above for heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl Ri or r9; halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to three halogen atoms; (N-heterocyclyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl wherein heterocyclyl is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl; lower alkoxycarbonyl; aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein aryl is phenyl, biphenylyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl, fluorenyl, or phenyl that is mono- or poly-substituted by lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, halogen and/or by nitro; heterocyclyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl wherein heterocyclyl is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, and from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and is unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl; lower alkenyloxy-carbonyl wherein the lower alkenyl radical is bonded to the oxygen atom via a saturated carbon atom; lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl; (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl; lower alkanesulfonyl; heterocyclylsulfonyl wherein heterocyclyl is selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, indolyl, quinolyl and isoquinolyl, which may also be fully or partially saturated, from morpholinyl and from thiomorpholinyl and may be unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl; carbamoyl; N-heterocyclyl-lower alkyl-N-lower -alj^EvT 15AUG ?SQ5 250 5 35 - 189- carbamoyl wherein heterocyclyl is independently one of the radicals mentioned above in the definition of heterocyclyl-lower alkanoyl Ri or R9; or an acyl radical, bonded via the carbonyl group of the 1-carboxy function, of an amino acid the amino function of which is free or acylated by one of the other radicals mentioned hitherto for Ri and R9, the amino acid residues being selected from the residues, bonded via the carbonyl of their 1-carboxy group, of the amino acids glycine, alanine, valine, norvaline, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, serine, homoserine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, proline, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenyl-alanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, fi-phenylserine, phenylglycine, a-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, tryptophan, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aspartic acid, asparagine, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, arginine, lysine, 5-hydroxylysine, ornithine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, a/y-diaminobutyric acid and a,p-diaminopropionic acid, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids (with the exception of glycine) to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form and the a-amino group being unsubstituted or N-acylated by one of the radicals mentioned above for Ri and R9 with the exception of one of the mentioned acyl radicals of an amino acid; with the proviso that not more than one of the two radicals Ri and R9 may be hydrogen, R2, R4, Rg and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is lower alkyl; C3-C7cycloalkyl-lower alkyl wherein C3-C7cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or mono- to tri-substituted by lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, halogen, nitro and/or by cyano; or is aryl-lower alkyl wherein aryl is independently as defined in aryl-lower alkanoyl R2 or R9; R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, nonanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, undecanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy-lower alkanoyloxy, halo-lower alkanoyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, carbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkyl-carbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, di-hydroxy-carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, dihydroxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyrrolylcarbonyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, thienylcarbonyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, indolylcarbonyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyrrolidinylcarbonyloxy, piperidinylcarbonyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, thiomor-pholinocarbonyloxy, morpholinoacetoxy, thiomorpholinoacetoxy or 4-lower alkyl-l-piperazinoacetoxy, lower alkenoyloxy, lower alkynoyloxy, C3-Cgcycloalkyl- carbonyloxy, C^-Cgcycloalkylacetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy unsu 15 AUG 1335 or 250 5 3 5 -190- poly-substituted in the phenyl radical by lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, piperidinomethyl, piperazin-l-yImethyl, 4-lower alkyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 4-lower alkanoyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl, morpholino-lower alkyl, thiomorpholino-methyl, cyano and/or by nitro, or is the residue, bonded via a carbonyloxy group containing the carbonyl from the carboxy group of the amino acid in question, of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, 2-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 3-aminopentanoic acid, 4-aminopentanoic acid, 5-aminopentanoic acid, 3-aminohexanoic acid, 4-aminohexanoic acid, 5-aminohexanoic acid, valine, norvaline, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, serine, homoserine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, proline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, cyclohexylalanine, tryptophan, aspartic acid, asparagine, glutamic acid, glutamine, histidine, arginine, lysine, ornithine, 3-amino-propanoic acid, a/y-diaminobutyric acid and a,0-diaminopropionic acid, it being possible for each of the mentioned amino acids to be in the D-, L- or (D,L)-form (except in cases where there is no asymmetric carbon atom), and wherein an amino group is unsubstituted or is mono- or di-N-alkylated by lower alkyl, by pyridyl-lower alkyl and/or by phenyl-lower alkyl, and/or is N-acylated by lower alkanoyl, by phenyl-lower alkanoyl, by lower alkoxycarbonyl or by phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl; and R7 is independently of R3 one of the radicals defined above for R3, or a salt thereof where at least one salt-forming group is present

3. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 wherein Rj and R9 are each independently of the other hydrogen, lower alkanoyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl, phenyl-lower alkanoyl wherein the lower alkanoyl radical is substituted by carbamoyl, morpholino-lower alkanoyl, thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, quinolyl-lower alkanoyl, tetrazolyl-lower alkanoyl, amino-lower alkanoyl substituted at the amino nitrogen atom by N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonyl, halo-lower alkanoyl containing up to three halogen atoms, 2-(N-morpholino-lower alkylcarbamoyl-lower alkanoyl, 2-(N-pyridyl-lower alkylcarbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxycarbonyl, (lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy)-lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanesulfonyl, moipholinosulfonyl, thiomorpho-linosulfonyl, N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylcarbamoyl, or an acyl radical, bonded via the carbonyl of its carboxy group, of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, glutamic acid and asparagine in the (D)-, (L)- anfD.LV-form (with the exception of glycine), wherein the a-amino group is unsubstituted oflacylaj^.by^ ^^ jf *5MGJ3<)5 i — 250 5 35 -191 - one of the other radicals or R9 mentioned hitherto with the exception of an acyl radical of an amino acid; with the proviso that not more than one of the radicals R1 and R9 is hydrogen, R2, r4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen, r3 is lower alkyl, cyclohexyl-lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkoxy or by cyano, r5 is lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, aminoacetoxy, N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino-acetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, 4-morpholino-lower alkylbenzoyloxy, 4-halomethyl-benzoyloxy, histidyloxy or prolyloxy and R7 has the same definitions as R3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof where at least one salt-forming group is present.

4. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 wherein Rj is lower alkoxycarbonyl, halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, the monovalent residue, bonded via carbonyl, of an aliphatic amino acid selected from valine, alanine, leucine and isoleucine or the residue, bonded via carbonyl, of an aliphatic amino acid as defined above acylated at the amino nitrogen atom by one of the radicals phenyl-lower alkanoyl, moipholinyl-lower alkanoyl, thiomorpholinyl-lower alkanoyl, pyridyl-lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, all the mentioned amino acids being in the D-, D,L- or L-form, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is phenyl-lower alkyl, 4-fluorophenyl-lower alkyl or cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, carboxy-lower alkanoyloxy, furyl-lower alkanoyloxy, imidazolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, pyridyl-lower alkanoyloxy, quinolyl-lower alkanoyloxy, aminoacetoxy, N-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N,N-di-lower alkylaminoacetoxy, N-lower alkyl-N-phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino-acetoxy, phenyl-lower alkanoyloxy, 4-morpholinomethylbenzoyloxy, 4-halomethyl-benzoyloxy, histidyloxy or prolyloxy, Rg is hydrogen, R7 is lower alkyl, cyclohexyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, 4-cyanopienyMower-alkyL, or 4-fluorophenyl-lower alkyl, '— ^ 250 5 35 -192- Rg is hydrogen and R9 is one of the radicals mentioned for Rj, and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the radicals R3 and R5 are in the S-configuration, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

5. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 wherein Ri and R9 are N-methoxy-carbonylvalyl, R2, R4, Rg and R8 are hydrogen, R3 is benzyl or cyclohexylmethyl, R5 is lower alkanoyloxy or pyridylcarbonyloxy and R7 is cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

6. An isomer of a compound of formula I according to claim 6, wherein the carbon atom carrying R3 and the carbon atom carrying R5 are in the (S)-configuration and the radicals Rlf R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7, Rg and R 9are as defined in claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

7. l-[2(S)-Acetoxy-3(S)-(N-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

8. l-[2(S)-Acetoxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

9. l-[2(S)-(2-Pyridylcarbonyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

10. A compound according to claim 1 selected from l-[2(S)-propionyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-pentanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; l-[2(S)-octanoyloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phen l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; in ro to LO CM i CO ON 250 5 35 -194- phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine; and l-[2(S)-(3-carboxypropionyl)oxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

11. l-[2(S)-Butyryloxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine of formula I according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

12. l-[2(S)-(Methoxy-acetoxy)-3(S)-(N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine of formula I according to claim 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

13. l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[cyclo-hexylmethyl]-2-[2-pyridylcarbonyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

14. The use of a compound of fonnula I according to claim 1, or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of AIDS.

15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such a compound having at least one salt-forming group together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

16. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein a) a hydroxy compound of formula II R? 250 5 35 195- wherein the radicals Rj, R2, R3, R4, Rg, R7, Rg and R9 are as defined for compounds of formula I in claim 1, is acylated with a carboxylic acid of formula HI or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein R5 is as defined for compounds of formula I in claim 1, free functional groups in the starting materials of formulae II and IH that are not to participate in the reaction being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or b) for the preparation of a compound of formula I wherein r9 is acyl, sulfo, or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals Rl9 R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7 and Rg are as defined in claim 1, an amino compound of formula wherein the radicals Rls R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7 and Rg are as defined in claim 1, is condensed with an acid of formula or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein Rq' is as defined for R9 in claim 1 with the exception of hydrogen and unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or c) for the preparation of a compound of formula I wherein Rj is acyl, sulfo, or sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7, Rg and R9 are as defined in claim 1, an amino compound of fonnula P ,7"^- R5-H (HI) (tv), R9'-OH (V): 25 0 5 3 5 -196- r2 | R7 I R5 *6 \ .N. V/ ' a y< ^ n r3 r4 I7 N (VI), R 8 wherein the radicals R* R3. R4, R5, R^, R7, Rg and R9 are as defined in claim 1, is condensed with an acid of fonnula Rl'-OH (VII), or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein Rj' is as defined for Rj in claim 1 with the exception of hydrogen and unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or d) for the preparation of a compound of formula I wherein Rj and R9 are two identical radicals selected from acyl, sulfo, and sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, and the remaining radicals R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7 and Rg are as defined in claim 1, a diamino compound of fonnula % I I R5v y&6 'N- .L H- - — (vm), I Rg wherein the radicals R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7 and Rg are as defined in claim 1, is condensed with an acid suitable for introducing the identical radicals Rt and R9, or with a reactive acid derivative thereof, wherein Rj and R9 are two identical radicals selected from acyl, sulfo, and sulfonyl substituted by unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or e) for the preparation of a compound of formula I wherein in place of R7 there is a radical R7" which is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, in a compound of formula I' -197 - 250 53 5 Rg wherein R7' is hydrogen and the remaining radicals Rlt R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, Rs and R9 are as defined in claim 1, the radical R7" is introduced by substitution with a compound of formula XII R7"-x (xn), wherein X is a leaving group and R7" is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or cycloalkyl, free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, being if necessary in protected form, and any protecting groups present are removed, or f) in a compound of formula I wherein the radicals Rls R2, R3, R4, R5, Rg, R7, Rs and R9 are as defined in claim 1 with the proviso that in the compound of formula I in question at least one functional group is protected by protecting groups, the protecting groups present are removed, and, if desired, a compound of formula I obtainable in accordance with any one of processes a) to f) above having at least one salt-forming group is converted into its salt or an obtainable salt is converted into the free compound or into a different salt and/or any isomeric mixtures that are obtainable are separated and/or a compound of fonnula I according to the invention is converted into a different compound of fonnula I according to the invention.

17. Any one compound of formula II given in claim 16, selected from the compounds with the following names: l-[2(S)-Hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)-amino-4-phenyl-butyl]-l-[ hexy Imethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl] hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- [thien-2-y Imethyl] -2- [N- (methoxycarbonyl) - (L) -valyl] -hydrazine,! a & Q, -198- 250 5 35 l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl-butyl]- l-[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxy-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- 1 -[4-methoxyphenylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, ^ l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-^ l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(ethoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(quinoline-2-ylcarbonyl)-(L)-asparaginyl)amino-4-phenyl- butyl]-l-[4-bcnzyl]-2-[N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine and l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-acetyl-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]- l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-acetyl-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

18. A compound of formula II given in claim 16 having the name l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[cyclohexylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

19. A compound of formula II given in claim 16 having the name l-[2(S)-hydroxy-3(S)-(N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl)amino-4-phenylbutyl]-l-[4-biphenylylmethyl]-2-[N-(methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valyl]hydrazine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. by their attorneys baldwin, son & carey </div>